DEMOCRATIC GOVERNANCE
Local Politics and Public Management Issues
in Indonesia
DEMOCRATIC GOVERNANCE
Local Politics and Public Management Issues
in Indonesia
Editors:
Dyah Mutiarin
Ridho Al-Hamdi
Isnaini Muallidin
Queeny Pearl Tomaro
Published By:
Jusuf Kalla Scholl of Government (JKSG) Universitas Muhammadiyah Yogyakarta (UMY)
Jurusan Ilmu Pemerintahan (IP) / Department of Government Affairs and Administration UMY
Magister Ilmu Pemerintahan / Master of Government Affairs and Administration UMY
and
Buku Litera
DEMOCRATIC GOVERNANCE
Local Politics and Public Management Issues in Indonesia
First Edition, 2018
220 pages (viii+ 200 pages) and 155 x235 mm
ISBN: 978-602-5681-01-1
Authors:
David Efendi
Zuly Qodir
Suranto
Tunjung Sulaksono
Awang Darumurti
Muhammad Yusuf
Suranto
Rendra Setyadiharja
Arif Zainudin
Sri Sutjiatmi
Dyah Mutiarin
Rahmat Dedi Saputra
Ridho Al-Hamdi
Muchamad Zaenuri
Isnaini Muallidin
Erni Zuhriyanti
Editor:
Dyah Mutiarin
Ridho Al-Hamdi
Isnaini Muallidin
Queeny Pearl Tomaro
Cover:
Ibnu
Lay Out:
Ibnu
Special Copies, January 2018
Printed in Yogyakarta
ISBN:
Published By:
Jusuf Kalla Scholl of Government (JKSG) Universitas Muhammadiyah Yogyakarta (UMY)
Jurusan Ilmu Pemerintahan (IP) / Department of Government Affairs and Administration UMY
Magister Ilmu Pemerintahan / Master of Government Affairs and Administration UMY
and
Buku Litera
Preface
The emerging trends and challenges of today’s world especially in
Indonesia have been the main reasons on why this book came into being.
The book is a compilation of excellent and handpicked researches of
my colleagues in the Universitas Muhammadiyah Yogyakarta (UMY),
scholars from other universities and students and alumni of UMY. In
my lengthy years of being an educator, I have found the need to not
only do research but to share my research to young and old scholars as
it is through this that knowledge is enhanced and ideas are sharpened.
It is through this book that researches are exposed into wider audiences
and could find more potential to be used for further research and other
educational purposes it may serve.
It is the calling of an educator to find avenue for knowledge
sharing to continually be ignited through the quest of doing research
and publishing researches. It is through this that the social world is
more questioned, analyzed, and more understood, but more to that,
it is an intergenerational responsibility to the youth and the students
to provide them an array of excellent and relevant works that could be
food for their thoughts and could feed their cognitive and analytical
appetite.
I hope that this book could find its use in the academic sphere
and could inspire more researches and more minds as there are more
phenomena that needs to be analyzed and more issues to be delved in.
v
vi
Contents
Preface ........................................................................................................... v
Contents......................................................................................................vii
Introduction:
Is Indonesia Moving toward Democratic Governance? .................................ix
Part One: Local Politics and Election .................................................... 1
Chapter 1 From Riots to Revolution: Seeing Democratization
in Indonesia and Malaysia
David Efendi ............................................................................. 3
Chapter 2 The Voice of Islamic Party tn Indonesia:
The Case Of The Indonesia’s 2014 General Election
Zuly Qodir ............................................................................... 35
Chapter 3 The Factors Determining Voter’s Participation
in Bantul Regency Elections
Suranto, Tunjung Sulaksono and Awang Darumurti ............ 57
Chapter 4 Resistance to Forest Management Policies:
A Study on Orang Rimba in Jambi Province
Muhammad Yusuf and Zuly Qodir ...................................... 71
Part Two: Public Service Reform .......................................................... 95
Chapter 5 Analysis of Community Satisfaction Index on Integrated
Licensing Service Agency of Tegal Regency of Central Java
Province, Indonesia
Suranto, Rendra Setyadiharja, Arif Zainudin
and Sri Sutjiatmi ..................................................................... 97
Chapter 6 The Implementation of Minimum Service Standards
in the Field of Health in Baubau City Regional Hospital
(RSUD): A Case Study of SPM Referral Services
in Baubau City Regional Hospital
Suranto, Dyah Mutiarin, and Rahmat Dedi Saputra ....... 109
vii
Part Three: Governance and Leadership ........................................... 131
Chapter 7 How Do Islam and Good Governance Address Public
Issues? A Comparative View in The Case Of Poverty
and Corruption
Ridho Al-Hamdi .................................................................. 133
Chapter 8 Build Collaborative Governance Model to Sustainable
Tourism Development: Learning from the Disaster
Management-Tourism Merapi Volcano Tour
in Sleman Regency
Muchamad Zaenuri ............................................................. 157
Chapter 9 Transformational Leadership in Public Sector:
The Case Study of Hery Zudianto Era in Yogyakarta City
Isnaini Muallidin and Erni Zuhriyanti............................... 187
About Editors.......................................................................................... 199
viii
Introduction:
Is Indonesia Moving toward Democratic
Governance?
Dyah Mutiarin and Queeny Pearl Tomaro
Indonesia is the third largest democratic state in this planet after
India and America. Today, it is nearly reaching two decades of its
democratization wave since 1998. Applying Huntington’s (1991) theory
on the democratization stage, Indonesia has passed the authoritarian
regime and the installation of a democratic regime. Most scholars
concur that the development of democratization in Indonesia today is
going to move slowly towardconsolidation. It is deduced that it has a lot
of progresses, but it is still fraught with many weaknesses (Hefner,2000;
Abuza,2007; Abdulbaki,2008; Bünte and Ufen, 2009; Ufen,2009; Hefner,
2009a, 2009b; Mujani and Liddle, 2009; Hilmy,2010; Aspinall,2010;
Liddle, 2013; Aspinall,2013; Liddle and Mujani,2013;Winters,2013;
Suseno, 2013; Mietzner;2014).Other scholars gave different labels to
Indonesia: “a normal country” (Ragame, 2007), “oscillating between
a defective and an embedded democracy” (Hadiwinata and Schuck,
2007), “domain democracy” (Merkel, 2007), “low-quality democracy”
(Mietzner, 2009) and “democratic state” in 2010 and “semi-democratic”
in 2014 (Freedom House).
These distinctive epithets denote to the fact that democracy in
Indonesia is in the scenario of stability (Merkel and Croissant, 2004:
207-211) where it is unlikely to suffer a regression or rollback, but its
developments have slow paces towardan embedded democracy for
years to come. Nevertheless, Freedom House in 2010 already called
Indonesia as the most consolidated democracy in Southeast Asia. In
2014, Indonesia is still a leading state for political rights category in
Southeast Asia. In accordance with this, the political system within
the country and its public management play a vital responsibility in
underpinning governance processes.
ix
This book attempts to explain the development and dynamics of
democratic governance in contemporary Indonesia whether in the national
or local levels. In the national context, some articles elaborate on distinctive
issues related with election, political parties, comparative democracy,
disaster management and religious perspective in addressing public issues.
Meanwhile, public management issues such as health, licensing, forest
management, mayoral leadership, investment and e-procurement are
also provided in this book and, of course, they are really appealing to be
read and criticized further. The writers have great ability in presenting indepth analysis and precise methods in different areas. In Java, the acticles
also presented local cases in Bantul Regency, Yogyakarta City and Tegal
Regency. In the eastern Indonesia, one article can provided a local case
in Baubau, a city in Southeast Sulawesi. In short, this book can represent
national and local governance from different parts of Indonesia.
More specifically, there are three main parts that are provided in
this book. First is portraying the local politics and election. Second
is explaining public service reform. Third is depicting on governance
and leadership. All of the articles which are presented in this book are
based on in-depth research with distinctive methodologies. Most of
them are dominated by field researches. The writers are from academic
environments. They are Indonesian citizens particularly lecturers and
graduate students in Universitas Muhammadiyah Yogyakarta (UMY),
STISIPOL Nurdin Hamzah Jambi, STISIPOL Raja Haji Tanjungpinang
Kepulauan Riau Province, Raja Ali Haji Maritime University Kepulauan
Riau Province and Pancasakti University Tegal.
The part one has four articles which analyze national and local politics
in Indonesia. The explanation in this part is started by David Efendi with
his article title on “From Riots to Revolution: Seeing Democratization
in Indonesia and Malaysia”. The article depicts the development of the
democratization wave in Indonesia and Malaysia where revolution and
riots are still high within these two countries. It is important to note
that Indonesia is politically developed, but economically less developed.
Meanwhile, Malaysia has a growing economy, but political freedom and
democracy are less developed. Moreover, Zuly Qodir through his article,
“The Voice of Islamic Party in Indonesia: The Case of the Indonesia’s 2014
General Election”, heexplained the resurgence of political Islam in the
x
2014 election. Nevertheless, the power of political Islam in Indonesia is
dependent on two largest Muslim organizations namely Muhammadiyah
and Nahdhatul Ulama (NU). As a matter of fact, these two organizations
have outstanding resources to counter any kinds of radicalism and
extremism movements.
Furthermore, two others articles portray the local politics. In their
joint article “The Factors Determining the Voter’s Participation in Bantul
Regency Elections”, Suranto, Tunjung Sulaksonoand Awang Darumurti
depict the driving factors why people vote for their candidate in the
Bantul Regency Elections. The study’s findings demonstrate that the
level of participation in Bantul is always high. There are five factors that
determine the high level of participation, and these are: the political
affiliation of closest relations, participation stimulus, tight social
control, voter’s mobilization and the concern of societal institution.
Meanwhile, the factors that hamper voter’s participation arefive-fold:
(1) the saturation of voters toward elections, (2) less-frequent, (3) lessinnovative socialization, (4)less-accurate voter data gathering, (5) the
lack of social bond and control and pragmatism. The last article of the
first part of this book is “Resistance to Forest Management Policies: A
Study on Orang Rimba in Jambi Province” written by Muhammad Yusuf
et al. This article attempted to find out two things: The reasons why
Orang Rimba, one of Jambi’s tribe, show resistance toward the policy
on forest management and the response of the local government with
Orang Rimba’s resistance. There are two main finding of the study.
Firstly, the study found out that there are five reasons of Orang Rimba’s
resistance: 1) There is a disappointment towardthe government policy
because it was made unilaterally by the government, 2)The downfall of
Orang Rimba’s customary law, which makes the law itself not working
3)There is a cooperation and influence from Orang Terang, 4)There is a
competion in forest resources management between Orang Rimba and
Orang Terang,5)The increase of living cost makes Orang Rimba take risks
either in hidden or open resistance. Meanwhile, the way the government
responds to Orang Rimba’s resistance is by socializing, cooperating
intersectorally, monitoring and security, and empowering the village
economy. Nonetheless, the policy has no positive impactsbecause
Orang Rimba still resiststhe policy of forest management.
xi
The part two has two interesting articles. Using the case study method,
the part two seeks to analyze the reformation of public services such as
health insurance and licensing . The first article is on “The Implementation
of Minimum Service Standards in the Field of Health in Baubau City
Regional Hospital (RSUD): A Case Study of SPM Referral Services in Baubau
City Regional Hospital”. This article investigated the implementation of
the minimum service standards in the areas of health reference in the
RSUD and determined the factors which affect the minimum service
standards in the field of health reference in the RSUD. The finding shows
that the implementation of the minimum service standards in the field
of health reference in the RSUD is already good.A minor lack of SPM
implementation in the field of health exist and this is traced in the amount
of human resources required.The factors which affect the implementation
of minimum service standard in the field of health reference in the RSUD
are communication, disposition, and bureaucratic structure.
In Java Islands, Rendra Setyadiharjaet.al. wrote “Analysis of Community
Satisfaction Index on Integrated Licensing Service Agency of Tegal Regency of
Central Java Province” which exploredthe index of community satisfaction
on Tegal’s Integrated Licensing Service Agency (BP2T) in 2014 and the
expectation of local people within the regency about the services provided
by Tegal’s BP2T.The result demonstrates that the sevice quality can be
considered to be in a good grade. Nonetheless, the government has to
improve particularly in the aspects of procedures and service time within
the BP2T.
For the last part, this book is going to elaborate four appealing
articles related togovernance and leadership. Two articles are discussing
about governance issues and the rest is correlated with leadership issues.
In the next featured study, Ridho Al-Hamdi wrote “How Do Islam and
Good Governance Address Public Issues? A Comparative View in the Case
of Poverty and Corruption”. The article scrutinizedthe compatibility of
Islam and good governance in addressing two main public issues namely
poverty and corruption. To explain their compatibility, this article explored
the policy, agenda and strategy of Islam and good governance. The result
demonstrates that Islam and good governance (as the western perspective)
have similar concept, policies, agenda and strategies in handling poverty
and corruption issues. Principally, poverty and corruption are the roots
xii
of backwardness and foolishness. Thus, they should be diminished from
societal life in order to gain better prosperity in life.
Proceeding to the next article, Muchamad Zaenuri wrote “Building
Collaborative Governance Model to Sustainable Tourism Development:
Learning from Disaster Management-Tourism Merapi Volcano Tour in
Sleman Regency”. The article argues that collaborative governance is
appropriate to be used in the disaster-tourism management of Sleman. This
methodgives the roles to non government powers to participate intourism
management. The collaborative governance model has a long term and
high-level correlation, where non government powers and the government
work together by sharing resources and risks. The last and final article
is by Isnaini Muallidin and Erni Zuhriyantientitled, “Transformational
Leadership in Public Sector: The Case Study of Herry Zudianto Era in
Yogyakarta City”. The article aimed to explain the practices of Herry
Zudianto’s leadership as the mayor of Yogyakarta Municipality. The result
shows thattransformational leadership has been implemented during
Zudianto’s leadership through, the type of influence, extreme idealism,
inspirited extended motivation, intellectual stimulation, and individual
consideration.
To sum up, the executive summary of ten articles are presented above.
These articles share a common thead which shows that the ripeness of
democracy and governance in Indonesia are moving toward a positive
path. It should therefore be appreciated. Nevertheless, an extra-ordinary
effort from all stakeholders is extremely needed because Indonesia
does not belong to a tiny group of people, or a certain tribe, or a certain
religionor just a few elites. Indonesia needs togetherness and involvement
from various stakeholdersin inventing an ideal democracy that is clean,
employs good governance, and commited in reforming the bureaucracy
and so on and so forth.
The Editor Team,
Dyah Mutiarin
Ridho Al-Hamdi
Isnaini Muallidin
Queeny Pearl Tomaro
xiii
xiv
Part One:
Local Politics and Election
1
2
FROM RIOTS TO REVOLUTION:
SEEING DEMOCRATIZATION IN INDONESIA
AND MALAYSIA
David Efendi
Lecturer, Department of Government Affairs and Administration
Universitas Muhammadiyah Yogyakarta
E-mail: defendi83@gmail.com
Abstract
This paper aims to compare popular revolutions and riot movements
in Malaysia and Indonesia as well as their impact on democracy in each
of these countries. While revolutions in these countries have been the
subject of the research in the social and political sciences, no study
has measured how the intensity of resistance affects the prospects for
democracy. With all other factors being constant, this article argues that
social movements and resistance efforts have their own social impacts.
A variety of popular resistance movements occurred in Malaysia, which
was colonized by Great Britain, and in Indonesia, which was colonized
by the Dutch. These states created different models of control that
influenced society directly and indirectly. As what was seen, a lot of
radical movements in the Indonesian society existed during the colonial
and post-revolution eras, continuing to the current day. Meanwhile,
in Malaysia, as examined by Scott, everyday forms of resistance have
tended to act individually and symbolically. In addition, this article will
discuss why certain countries experience democratization quickly while
others do not, and why certain countries experience better economic
development rather than political development and vice versa. For
example, Indonesia is considered politically developed but economically,
not as developed. Meanwhile, Malaysia, a post-British colony, is argued
to experience the opposite; it has developed its economy rapidly but,
at the same time, political freedom and democracy are less developed.
Freedom of the press, human rights enforcement,a multi-party system,
and group opposition are indicators of democracy that are easy to find
in Indonesia but not in Malaysia.
Keywords: Rebellion, civil resistance, democracy, colonial legacy, civil
society
3
Part One: Local Politics and Election
INTRODUCTION
There seems to be no end to the many scholars who discuss
and explain rebellions and revolutions in the colonial era (Sartono
Kartodirjo, 1977) and today they put much attention to the phenomena
of social movements, collective action and everyday forms of resistance
(Benedict J. Tria Kerkvliet, 2009; James Scott, 1985). On the broader
topic of revolution, Theda Skocpol (1979) and Barrington Moore (1966)
have found a pattern of revolution in Western and Eastern societies.
Other political scientists pay more attention in the small thing, and
the massive and unorganized ones; to name a few, Scott examined the
everyday resistance and Kerkvliet examined the everyday politics. Scott
worked on cases in Malaysia, and Kerkvliet has generally examined
Vietnam and the Philippines. Other works will be discussed below to
compare the cases of Indonesia and Malaysia.
This study aims to compare cases of popular rebellions and
the intensity of everyday forms of resistance between Malaysia and
Indonesia, and the impact of such movements toward democratization.
To this author’s knowledge, there has been no study to compare these
two countries in terms of how forms of resistance have or have not
significantly affected democratization. Assuming other factors are
constant, this article will argue that various kinds of popular resistance
can have social impacts. This is necessary to be studied because when
different forms of popular resistance happened, both in Malaysia and
Indonesia, both countries were representing different colonizing states,
as Indonesia was colonized by the Dutch and Malaysia by Great Britain.
These states created different model of control that influenced their
societies directly and indirectly. As can be seen, a number of radical
movements that arose in Indonesian society during the colonial and
post-revolution eras have continued in the recent politics during the
post-Suharto period. Meanwhile, in Malaysia, as stated by Scott, the
form of everyday resistance tends to be in the forms of individual and
symbolic resistance. This article is can contribute to the discussion why
certain countries experience rapid democratization and why others do
not, and why certain countries achieve better economic development
rather than in politics and vice versa. Indonesia has undergone
comparatively rapid political development and institutional change
4 |Democratic Governance
David Efendi. From Riots to...
but relatively less economic development. Meanwhile, Malaysia, as
a post-British colony has experienced the opposite; it has developed
its economy and has made less progress in political development and
democracy. Press freedom, multi-party politics, and opposition are
observed to be higher in Indonesia but not in Malaysia in general.
The reasons why I am comparing these two countries are because
(1) Indonesia and Malaysia have similar agrarian societies; (2) they are
Muslim-majority countries in Southeast Asia; (3)they contain the same
ethnicity, so-called Malay; (4) historically, they have somewhat similar
histories of nation-state building in the colonial period under Dutch,
British, and Japanese colonizers. The Dutch started colonizing Indonesia
in 1595 and the British colonized Malay in 1786 under the rule of the
British East India Company. Both the Dutch and British had their own
nature as colonizers, which entailed corresponding consequences.
The Dutch were considered as instituting direct rule rather than the
British in Malaysia who adopted indirect rule (Bhatatacharjee, 1976).
Moreover, the Dutch generated plenty of resistance during its rule in
Indonesia but not the British in Malaysia. Further explanations will be
discussed in the next parts of the paper.
In addition, this paper explains the relationship between the
intensity of the collective action to the democratization both in
Indonesia and Malaysia. This debate is rarely compared among postcolonial countries because of various reasons and factors. First, in
some countries it is assumed that democracy is more important than
economic development, as has been the case for Indonesia which has
paid much attention to political development in the Sukarno Era, and
post-authoritarian Suharto. Meanwhile, Malaysia and Singapore think
the opposite and have put economic development as apriority rather
than western or liberal democracy. However, comparing Indonesia
and Malaysia can help us to understand how people value democracy
and how the type of regime can influence the prospects for democracy.
So the questions will be asked here are (1) how did social turbulence
(rebellion, confrontation, resistance and riots) as the form of collective
action during the colonial and post-colonial eras shape democratization
in both Malaysia and Indonesia; (2) what are the conditions that
make democratization likely to succeed regarding the culture and the
Democratic Governance|
5
Part One: Local Politics and Election
colonial state; (3) how are both countries strongly influenced by Islamic
values and the similarly shared ethnicity; and, finally, (3) why is there
a considerable gap for “democracy” between Malaysia and Indonesia.
THEORETICAL FRAMEWORK
Rebellion, to some extent, can be defined as one form of resistance.
One also may use a definition that follows Robert and Garton (2009),
who distinguishes resistance from rebellion. According to the two,
resistance is a type of political action that relies on the use of non-violent
methods; meanwhile rebellion often uses violence (Adam Robert and
Timothy Garton, 2009).Rebellion likely happens in both democratic
and undemocratic states, and can be understood as the possible result
of rebellion or revolution.
One of this article’s arguments is to contribute to the debate about
the process of democratization in the post-colonial era. A wide array of
literature had discussed the role of civil society (Muthiah Alagappa, 2004)
and voluntary organizations, but such studies often do not account for the
role of popular rebellion, anti-colonial movements, or even everyday forms
of resistance. The thesis of this paper is,first, that the intensity of resistance
establishes democratic values such as liberty, tolerance, and constitutional
government, and second that the emergence of civil resistance creates
conditions conducive toward democracy such as negotiation, nonviolence movements, and voluntary organizations, which then lead to
democratization. The process itself may also naturally begin from the
everyday life within the society. According to western democratic values,
participation and freedom are emphasized, and civil resistance embeds such
values for rebels, anti-colonial groups, and protesters. I will follow several
different theories in understanding the concept of civil resistance based on
Malaysian and Indonesian comparative politics. Without neglecting the
Tocquevillian role of society, this article attempts to examine the specific
cases of the neighboring countries.
Some scholars have worked on the dynamics of peasant movements
in countries across Asia, Southeast Asia and Europe. Peasant revolutions
are generally never successful, though some strongly argue that peasant
revolutions can lead to the emergence of a ‘democratic state’ in the
indigenous sense (in contrast to democracy in the Western sense).
6 |Democratic Governance
David Efendi. From Riots to...
Barrington Moore contends that in peasant revolutions, it is the peasantry
that abolishes the traditional elite and not the revolutionary bourgeoisie,
which clears the way for modernization. Moore’s social class analysis
emphasizes class conflict, such as that between landlords and peasants, as
the main cause of social revolutions, with recognition of the other factors
in certain circumstances (Barrington Moore, 1966). Related to Moore’s
notion on revolution, Skocpol strongly criticizes this view in his own
work State and Social Revolution: A Comparative Analysis France, Russia,
and China. In reviewing the literature, he challenges Moore by asserting
that class analysis is unable to see the revolution in different places. In my
opinion, however, Moore’s idea is relevant to the subject at hand because
he relates the revolution with the emergence of democracy in a communist
society. Like Huntington (1968), Moore emphasizes the relation between
democracy and development, or modernization. In many places, Skocpol
has different views with Moore; for instance, Moore argued that the role of
the peasant was more important than that of the worker in revolutionary
movements. Still, Moore is well-known for his position of, “No bourgeoisie,
No democracy.” Moreover, he assumes that commercialization leads to
industrialization and, for several reasons, it has different outcomes for
political institutions.
Meanwhile, Eric Wolf aptly emphasizes the role of external leadership
in strengthening the role of peasants in collective movements. Peasant
rebellions, he argues, never succeed without the existence of local and strong
leadership (Eric Wolf 1966). Taking a different view, Migdal distinguishes
between two types of peasant societies: the first type is a peasant society
in intense contact with an external society, which tends to participate in
revolutionary movements. In contrast, the second type is a peasant society
that is isolated from other societies, which would be reluctant to join in
revolutions (Migdal, 1974). From such arguments, we can see that there are
various approaches to analyze peasant or social revolutions. Some strongly
use Marxist theory while others adopt anthropological or sociological
analysis. According to Kartodirjo, Moore, Wolf, and Migdal, one should
especially take note of the unsettling conditions associated with the
introduction of commercialized agriculture.
In the context of Malaysia and Indonesia, or broadly in Southeast
Asia, several important studies relate to peasant rebellions and
Democratic Governance|
7
Part One: Local Politics and Election
resistance movements, including those by Sartono Kartodirjo, James
Scott, and Ben Kerkvliet. Kartodirjo has worked on agrarian rebellions
in Java and Banten with focus on the significant role of peasants toward
the colonial state at that time. He highlights the ordinary people’s role
rather than the role of the elites (Kartodirjo,1966;Claire Holt, 1972;
Anderson and Siegel).This is a different approach from that of Wolf
and Migdal, and much more resembling the class analysis of Moore.
Meanwhile, James Scott has engaged in serious research for years in
Malaysia with an interest in the different kinds of collective action that
emerge without explicit organization. He calls this an ‘everyday form
of resistance’ which, in his view, does not require collective action,
but is carried out instead privately in the course of daily life. In other
words, citizens may resist individually by using their own ways such
as compliance and sabotage, and they, in general, avoid confrontation
(Scott, 1985). Lastly, Kerkvliet works on both rebellion and everyday
politics in Vietnam. He categorizes political behavior into three realms
i.e. official politics, advocacy politics, and everyday politics. Official
politics is often understood as the politics of the state or government,
and advocacy related to an NGO or private organization that has a
state-society relationship. Both official and advocacy politics are forms
of conventional politics. Meanwhile, everyday politics “involves people
embracing, complying with, adjusting, and contesting norms and rules
regarding authority over, production of, or allocation of resources and
doing so in quite, mundane, and subtle expressions and acts that are
rarely organized or direct (Kerkvliet, 2009).
In addition, the different meanings of rebellion, revolution, and
resistance are somewhat difficult to separate, because some cases show
that they are overlapping with one another. Nonetheless, perhaps they
can simply be distinguished by using measurements such as social and
political structural changes, as well as social and institutional changes,
as metrics of their impact. Some argue that rebellions do not entail
structural change, while revolutions do. Rebellion, as Webster defines
it, is “organized, armed, open resistance to the authority or government
in power,” while revolution is a “movement that brings about a drastic
change in society.” Both nineteenth century writers and modern
historians invariably refer to this conflict as a rebellion, an insurrection,
8 |Democratic Governance
David Efendi. From Riots to...
or a rising, implying that the violence was aimed at a certain legitimate
authority (Locard, 1978). Furthermore, everyday forms of resistance
and everyday politics as alternative forms of revolution, a so-called
“small revolution”, do exist. Small resistance movements can be
unorganized yet effective at influencing public policy or authority
holders. Nevertheless, it needs to be examined carefully.
Adding to this, we should also recognize why people rebel and
why others do not. Many have argued that economic inequality breeds
political conflict. Societies with a more unequal distribution of income
and wealth are often thought to be more prone to such phenomena
as revolution, rebellion, civil war, terrorism, demonstrations, and
coups de etat. The lineage of this idea runs from Aristotle and Plato,
to de Tocqueville, Marx, and Madison, through Lipset, Dahl, and
Huntington.1 Some, like Weber and Schultz, introduce the “in order to
motive” and “because motive.”2Many political scientists emphasize the
intentionality of resistance for economic, political or cultural identity.
For instance, domination in the colonial era created various kinds of
anti-colonial rebellions, mostly in Third World countries.
For Aristotle, the reason why revolution happened was a struggle for
equality (McKeon, 1941) or in other words, on Marxist terms, rebellion for
class struggle. But sometimes it is difficult to claim whether these rebellions
are rational choices or the mere result of inequality (Lichbach, 1990), the
question is, under what conditions, if any, will inequality among rational
actors lead Have-Nots to coerce resources from the Haves through political
dissent, protest, and violence? Politically, if everyone in a group has the
same interests, then they will act collectively to achieve it. This argument
was supported by Dowding Keith, who describes a situation in which active
and passive supporters would all benefit from a certain action, although
they have to pay individually. The rational choice is then to undertake
this as a collective action to minimize the cost per capita (Dowding,
1996). Conversely, Mancur Olson argues that the larger collective action
may grant smaller shared benefits for its participants, simply because the
1
2
See, Aristotle on Political Man and the Condition of the Democratic Order; S.M.
Lipset on his Political Man: the Social Bases of Politics; Marx on his Communist
Manifesto; Dahl’s On Democracy; De Tacquiville on Democracy in America; and,
finally, the controversial work of Huntington on his Clash of Civilization.
See Fatchan and Basrowi in Pembelotan Kaum Pesantren dan Petani Jawa.
Democratic Governance|
9
Part One: Local Politics and Election
minority can dominate the majority (Olson, 1971).In addition, motivation
might be stemmed from pragmatic and spontaneous sources rather than
systematic intention, particularly for unorganized movements such as
riots. It also depends on the type of rebellion or resistance movement,
which I categorize into two models: “resistance to change”3 and anti-statusquo resistance.
Concerning democratization, one often connects this process with
economic development and the rise of the middle class (Huntington,
Lipset, Fukuyama, Moore, etc. and political institutions) (Reynolds,
2002).Dahl, Horowitz, Lijphart, Linz, Nohlen, Sartori, Huntington,
Fukuyama, civil society (Tocqueville, Putnam), equality in the sense
of ‘associationalism’ (Tocqueville, Putnam, and Dahl) or civic culture
(Almond and Verba), egalitarian, historical continuity and consideration
to the role of social revolution (Moore, Skocpol, and Tilly), electoral
politics (Dahl, Diamond), literacy/education, and degrees of freedom
(Sen, Emerson, and Lipset, 1959), but such views do not account for
the clear role of rebellion and revolution in reshaping democracy
and setting the grounds for democratization. One may contend that
the wealthy and middle class significantly influence democratic
development, as Moore states in his popular jargon “no bourgeoisie, no
democracy” and, in the case of America, based on Moore, egalitarian
and voluntary associations play the biggest role in shaping democracy.
In the context of Malaysia and Singapore, the middle class, economic
development, or literacy might have nothing to do with democracy per
se due to the persistence of traditional authority in Malaysia and the
Singapore’s soft authoritarianism. However, such a claim requires more
detailed explanation and multiple perspectives.
RESULTS AND ANALYSIS
Context and Historical Background
Seeing that Malaysia and Indonesia cannot be separated from
peasant society, with its own pre- and post-colonial moral economy
(Scott,1976), these nations built their own rationalities, which
considerably differ from those of the Western thought. For instance,
3
Resistance to change is the action taken by individuals and groups when they
perceive that a change that is occurring as a threat to them.
10 |Democratic Governance
David Efendi. From Riots to...
in these nations, relationships are established informally to feed a
family as an alternative to commercialization.This has led to a society
that enjoyed harmony without any central domination and peripheral
resistance, until Western colonialism dominated such cultures. In brief,
this session will set forth a comparison of the intensity of rebellion
and resistance for Indonesia and Malaysia. Firstly, the historical
facts regarding rebellion and revolution in Indonesia are numerous
revolutionary movements. To mention a few, there are many different
forms of civil disobedience, revolution, and resistance, having different
motivations, such as resistance against the Dutch government,
resistance against the authoritarian state, resistance for democracy, and
finally people’s resistance against ‘democracy’ in the name of identity.
Several related studies include, for instance, Kartodirjo (1966) under
the title The Peasant’s Revolt of Banten in 1888: Its Conditions, Course
and Sequel. This study discussed the farmers’ rebellion in Banten and
their fight against Dutch colonial rule. In this opposition movement,
farmers were led by the Ulama (Moslem religious leaders) of Banten
and the Tubagus, or nobles, in Banten. Before and after the rebellion
of 1888, there were many civilian resistance movements in Indonesia.
Kartodirjo stated that each revolt was a continuation of the other;
Kuntowijoyo (2002) covered this same topic in his book Radikalisasi
Petani.
Other form of rebellions are introduced by Kahin (1999) in his
book Rebellion to Integration, West Sumatra and the Indonesian Polity
and also in a book entitled The Resistance of Santri and Peasants in Java
(Pembelotan Kaun Pesantren dan Petani Jawa) by Basrowi published
in 2004, and a few scholars wrote Islamic groups movement under the
banner the Komando Jihad (Holy War), which is a resistance against
the single ideology of Pancasila in the New Order Suharto era.4 The
author described a local case in which Islamic leaders influenced the
peasants in the 1990s in East Java to resist peacefully against green
revolution projects. Historically, the Yogyakartans engaged in popular
rebellion movements against the Dutch, led by Diponegoro Prince
in the 1825-1830, and a peoples’ rebellion led by General Sudirman
4
Holy war was common manifesto during the colonial era promoted by many Islamic
leader so-called sufi or tarekat. For detail see Kartodirjo on Banten Rebllion 1880.
Democratic Governance|
11
Part One: Local Politics and Election
in the revolutionary period, 1949. Since the reform era in Indonesia,
several peoples’ resistance movements have rallied against the progress
of modernism, including the “reformasi total” of 1998 that was
directed against the authoritarian Suharto. People’s movements, in
such examples, reject industrialization and planned development in the
regions. Lastly, there have also been cultural movements in Yogyakarta
resisting the gubernatorial election.
The ideologies of communism and Islam were deemed as significant
influences on the emergence of social consciousness and class struggle
among peasant society. The rise of Islamic leaders nationwide linked up
to both what is going on in Middle East (Arab) and European Communist
(Azra, 1998).There is no better explanation for such social movements
than to relate them to the ideology and culture. Sukarno realized the reality
that Indonesia is inhabitanted by a communist-marhainism society and
believers in Islam. That is why he tried to impose a new ideology under the
banner “Nasakom” (Nationalist, Islamism, and Communism). This form
of social and religious leadership is somewhat different from what Malaysia
has. Another argument stresses the characteristics of coastal society, an
aggressive society in Indonesia. The Banten and central Java rebellions
against the Dutch are the best examples to support this argument. In short,
the preconditions for collective action in agrarian societies in Indonesia
were much better than in Malaysian society, such as charismatic-religiousleaders, social capital (collectivism), and natural resources (good soil,
water, and so forth).
Secondly, the “rebellion” in Malaysia under the British colonial was
quite minor (see the table on page 9-10). Compared to Indonesia, the
revolutionary movement in Malaysia was almost absent in its history
except for several instances of riots, social uprisings, and ethnic conflict. In
other parts of Southeast Asia, like Vietnam and the Philippines, there were
revolutionary movements, as has been argued by Ben Kerkvliet in his book
The Huk Rebellion in Vietnam in the early twentieth century. However,
several historical cases could be considered as rebellions, uprisings, or
riots. The first such social unrest was the so-called “Chinese Rebellion” of
1857 in Sarawak (Locard, 1978), and the second was the May 13 riots in
1969 (Locard,1978), three days after the election. The May 13 riots of 1969,
according to official reports, led to a death toll of only 196, but independent
12 |Democratic Governance
David Efendi. From Riots to...
reporters and other observers estimated up to ten times as many people had
died. Three quarters of the casualties were Chinese Malaysians, and 6000
people were left homeless after the resulting fires (Soong, 2007). Related
to these riots, in 1964, it also happened that Singapore was in the process
of gaining independence from Malaysia. Most scholars tend to analyze
these cases by paying attention to the ethnic conflicts and social class
warfare between the ‘bumiputera’ (privileged and poor) and the Chinese
groups (wealthy minority). In addition, Malaysia had its own forms of
resistance, what James Scott calls everyday forms of resistance. To sum up
the Malaysian cases, they are examples of what Scott indirectly refers to as
“hidden resistance.”
Why didn’t Malaysians rebel? Some reasons help us understand
this. There are internal and external factor should be taken into account.
External factors include (1) the influence of the British colonial style,
which did not interfere in religious and indigenous people’s traditions
(adat) such as the sultanate. This factor is not significant, because in
India under British there were plenty of rebellions and resistances
(Dhanagare, 1983); (2) unlike the Dutch in Indonesia, the British
maintained the existence of sultanate in order to gain its goals; (3)
the concept of commonwealth was quite amenable to Malaysian
politics—focusing on the economy, people were reluctant to rebel
and resist openly—and, as Kuntowijoyo mentions, social movements
are considerably influenced by the availability of economic resources
(Kuntowijoyo,1993); and (4) the British type of government was deeply
instituted in Malaysia by mixing monarchy and the constitutional
system as a so-called ‘federal constitutional monarchy.’ External
factors, meanwhile, include (1) the sultanate as a traditional institution
that was apt to unify people in order instead of making social unrest;
(2) in Malaya proper, communalism was so weak (Rosenthal, 1965),
as compared to Indonesia, which meant that communism in Malaysia
was not as strong as in Indonesia; (3) Islamism among the sultanate
and people was a strong hindrance to the outbreak of communism;
and lastly (4) fragmentation of power holders. Political power was in
Malay hands, but economic power in those of the Chinese and the
British (Rosenthal). These two powers were separated, and that is why
rebellion was too small to emerge.
Democratic Governance|
13
Part One: Local Politics and Election
The Intention of Rebellions and Resistances
Popular resistance does not emerge in vacuum. In general, a
populace will fight against domination such as colonial, cultural
hegemony, state authority, modernization, globalization, democracy,
and so forth. Many cases have shown that people respond to the radical
changes imposed by ‘alien’ powers. In doing so, they use ideology or
class to regain confidence, self-esteem, collective identity, and selfgovernance, though at a high cost (Crooke, 2009). We might point out
studies such as those of Scott5and Kerkvliet, who examined everyday
forms of resistance, which were ubiquitous. Another case in point
pertains to the popular revolutionary Zapatista Movement in Mexico
in 1911 and 1994. This case in Mexico is similar to that of Yogyakarta;
local people also want freedom to use their own traditional governance
systems at the local level, as opposed to standard elections. As for federal
elections, the votes of people in Chiapas may have been controlled and
influenced in favor of the ruling party for decades because of their
isolation (Snyder and Harrington, 1998). Considering this, the present
study will adopt a comparative approach in the broad sense of different
cases, comparing the Malaysian and Indonesian contexts.
When we discuss motive, we should be specific about the type of
intention. Following Fatchan and Basrowi (2004), we could categorize
motives into two types, that is, an “in order to motive” and a “because
motive.” Fatchan and Basrowi adopted this categorization from (Weber
and Schultz, 1972).Weber stresses intention, while Schultz emphasizes
reasons for people to resist, such as social, normative, and historical
backgrounds. In short, the ‘in order to motive’ is rational and comprised
of individual actions committed by people with pragmatic goals that are
supported by their cultures or their backgrounds. In other words, their
motives are to obtain something rather than protecting something. In
contrast, the ‘because motive means that people are involved in collective
action or resistance, caused by historical backgrounds or values (Fatchan
and Basrowi, 2004).For instance, perhaps a superior authority undermined
and oppressed them economically and politically. Yet, we should be
careful when analyzing the motives of rebellion and resistance, because
5
See Domination and the Arts of Resistance: Hidden Transcripts (1990); The Art of
Not Being Governed (2009); and Weapon of the Weak (1985); Kerkvleits’s Everyday
Forms of Peasant Resistance in South-East Asia (1986).
14 |Democratic Governance
David Efendi. From Riots to...
it is not easy to examine in light of the complexity of society—including
multiculturalism, tradition, norm, Islamic majority and its values, colonial
state influences, and so forth—which cannot be excluded.
The table below summarizes these various types of resistance and
the rebellion during the courses of Malaysian and Indonesian history.
The various motives for collective action will be examined. See table 1
(Indonesia), and followed by table 2 (Malaysia). Of course, the table
presents only selected examples.6
Table 1.1.Motive and Intention
Rebellion
Peasant rebellion in 1888
(Banten, anti-colonial
struggle).
“In order to motive”/
intention
“Because motive”
To gain the freedom,
prosperity in equality as
human beings
Colonial state was too
powerful
Agrarian rebellion in
Central Java
6
Colonial domination
(Capitalism, labor in
plantation)
Dipenegoro’s Rebellion
in Yogyakarta, 1925-1930
(Java War)
To return the sultanate’s
dignity instead of
cooperation with the Dutch
Islamic values were
undermined by the
Dutch
Confrontation in
Sumatra’s Plantation,
1870-1979(Stoler, 1985,
1995)
social, economic, and
political motives
Conflict between
capital and labor; antiimperialist movements;
responses to imperialism
and capitalism bythe
traditional populations
Rebellion to integration in
West Sumatra( Kahin,1999)
To protect local
values and culture;
bargaining politics postindependence Indonesia
The domination of the
central government,
centered in Jakarta-Java.
Communist rebellion 1926
(Java) and 1927 (Sumatra)
Land reform; to enlarge
members
Anti-colonial
domination; capitalism
Postindependence
rebellions (PRRI,
Permesta, DI TII-Regional
rebellion).
Political bargaining
among the local leaders
and nationalists;
nationalist-Islamist clash
The domination of the
central government.
Pemberontakan G30S PKI
(Communist Rebellion in
the revolution era)
To gain central power;
The bourgeois’s
internalize the communist domination in the political
ideology; agrarian reform realm; class struggle
Free Aceh Movement
(GAM) 1976-20056
Seeking independence
for the Aceh regions;
economic preference
The domination of the
central government
GAM or Free Aceh Movement costing over 15,000 lives.
Democratic Governance|
15
Part One: Local Politics and Election
Resistance
“In order to motive”/
intention
“Because motive”
Pembelotan Kaum
Pesantren dan Petani
di Jawa. (The resistance
of Islamic leaders and
peasants against the
government)
To protect the
environment, local
knowledge
The domination of the
central government in
agricultural policy; ‘green
revolution’
The resistance against the
institutional change in
Yogyakarta, 2010-
To protect the local value
and identity as sultanate
provinces
The different values
of democracy; the
centralized authority in
the regionalist sense
The Samin Movement
(the late 19th and early 20th
centuries) (Benda and
Castle, 1969)
(a) Manifestation of
indigenous socialism;
(b) patriotic resistance to
colonialism; (c) peasant
virtues
To survive from the
oppressors due to the
bitterness of colonialism
Riots
“In order to motive”/
intention
“Because motive”
“Reformasi Total” 1998.
(revolution, regime
change)
To change the regime;
economy and politics
interest among elite
by using mass unrest.
Agendas: transparency,
anti-corruption, more
freedom of press, regime
changes; democratization.
The centralized power in
one hand (authoritarian);
militarism; corruption;
public distrust; economy
crisis.
Anti-China Riot 1965,
71,72,75(Mackie, 1976)
Religious reason; to
banish the communism
influence
Political tension, ideology
issue
Anti-China Riot 1997-8
Pragmatic reason in order
to get property; misdirect
the military to use a power
Regime change, economy
crisis; uncertainty politics
Ethnic riots/communal
conflict post Reform
(Ambon, Malacca, North
Sulawesi, Kalimantan)
Economic prosperity;
political transition
Religious, ethnic
sentiment/“primordialism”
and political reason.
Table 1.2.Motive and Intention in Malaysia
Types of riots/rebellion/
Resistance
The Chinese Rebellion in
Serawak, 1857
16 |Democratic Governance
“In order to motive”/
intention
Political and economic
motives.
“Because motive”
The personal conflict
between local elite such
as James Brooke, Chinese,
and Rajah of Serawak.
David Efendi. From Riots to...
Types of riots/rebellion/
Resistance
“In order to motive”/
intention
“Because motive”
Matt Saleh Rebellion
Resistance to social and
economic change
Tobacco industry built by
the foreign company
May 13 Riots, 1969
Economic and political
motives related to
affirmative action policies
Ethnic conflict; ‘class
struggle’; social
sentiments
Resistance to the
Zakat (Islamic Tithe).
(Scott,1987)
To continue their life from The sultanate’s king is
difficult situation
too wealthy, whereas the
peasants are very poor;
anti-capitalism
Social and political uprisings (rebellion, resistance, and riots) can be
motivated by various factors. In Indonesian history, we must recognize
at least five types of social disturbance. First is anti-colonial rebellion,
which occurred during a period that is well-understood as a struggle for
survival under the Dutch rule, followed by the nationalist movement to
gain the independence state of Indonesia. Every single instance of social
and political turbulence has had its own consequences, both negative
(crisis and social disorder) and positive (freedom, equality, democracy),
a topic we will return to later.
According to Kartodirjo, anti-colonial struggles were ongoing
among peasant societies across the archipelago. However, the
significance of the role of peasants or common people in this period
is debatable. Some scholars stress the role of leadership or alternatively
the middle class (merchant, Islamic-intellectual leader, etc). Second
is the role of class struggle, in the Marxist view. Shortly after gaining
independence, many Indonesian elites divided society into three large
groups, namely, the nationalists (multi-ethnic and various religions),
Islamic religious groups, and communists. The communist group
mobilized people to redistribute the holdings of land owners and to shift
the state ideology by using the communist manifesto. This movement
failed in 1965 in bloody tragedies which killed millions of people.7
Third is the anti-status-quo movement, which happened at the end of
the twentieth century during the 1998 “revolution”. Fourth are the riots
and ethnic-based wars that had occurred, during the colonial rule and
7
See Ben Anderson, Exit Suharto: Obituary for a Mediocre Tyrant, New Left Review 50,
March-April, 2008, and John Roosa, Pretext for Mass Murder: The September 30th
Movement and Suharto’s Coup d’Etat in Indonesia, University of Wisconsin Press.
Democratic Governance|
17
Part One: Local Politics and Election
are continuing to today. Last is the resistance to change. In the modern
phase of state development, the middle class considerably determined
the revolution.When the inequality, misery, and repression inherent in
the development process happen simultaneously, it provokes a middle
class to react to the state, even by confrontation (Anderson, 1978).
Thiswas exactly how the 1998 reform movement in Indonesia began.
In summary, the data discussed above show that, at least in
Indonesia, to date there have been 9 large-scalev rebellions, and more
than 8 riots nationwide, since the Dutch arrived, as well as several
incidents of non-violent resistance. Meanwhile, Malaysia only has one
rebellion across the country, and a series of soft resistances that are
difficult to be measured. The role of communism and Islamism cannot
be estimated here, as they succeeded in linking up many groups with
different backgrounds in order to fight against foreign domination. A
report mentions:
“…of the 900 communist leaders exiled as a result of the 1926
rebellion, 25 percent were government employees, 20 percent were
workers of Western company, 40 percent were merchants and
members of the indigenous middle class, while only 15 percent
were peasants. Of the leaders, only 6 percent were nobility, 6
percent had made a Hajj to Mecca, and 70 percent were educated
people (Schrieke, 1929).
If we compare this to other Southeast Asia countries, Malaysia is
the case that shows the smallest degree of collective action. The reason
behind that small degree of collective action is still being examined.
Possible factors might include the different characteristics of Dutch
and British rule, the relatively weak penetration of communism in the
Malay Peninsula as compared to in Indonesia in which communism
and religion-Islam could work hand in hand in facing the colonizer.
Educated and illiterate people worked together under the backdrop
of anti-colonial war or holy war. This phenomena did not emerge in
Malay, even though the society was divided into three ethnic groups:
Indian, Chinese, and Malay. Chinese were identified with communism
and Malay with Islam, and thus they were in tension with one another.
An anti-China movement dominated political issues rather than an
anti-British movement.
18 |Democratic Governance
David Efendi. From Riots to...
Based on the data provided, the different characteristics of rebellion
and its intensity between Malaysia and Indonesia can therefore be seen as
quite obvious and, even though the basic social and cultural characteristics
of these two areas are almost the same to one another, the density of ethnic
groups such as Malay and Chinese, or “pribumi” and “bumiputera,”8were
about the same. It means that there was a majority and minority within the
society, but this dichotomy does not always mean that the majority is always
in a superior position. It depends heavily on the political and economic
situation, which is determined by political will of the elites. Rebellion
might come from both sides, or either from a minority or a majority, but
the rebellion might also come up from the subordinate groups against the
superior one.
The Outcomes of Social Uprisings for Democracy
There is no simple correspondence between rebellion and
democracy, but it can be traced by looking at the historical background
and how people joined and participated in political movements.
Rebellion or riots can, but are not always, followed by massive social
and political change under the banner of revolution. One may argue
that revolution and rebellion are not meant to support democracy, but
that they do nonetheless in some cases. As has been discussed above,
people have different motivations to join or not to join in protest
movements. Many approaches have been proposed for this problem,
such as those of game theory which asks who gets what and how, or
those concerning the logic of collective action as discussed by Olson,
whereby people reluctantly join social movements because they have
counted social incentive and rational behavior. Thus, the more people
participate, the fewer benefits they can obtain (Olson,1965).
Actually, democracy in Indonesia and Malaysia is quite
similar, as these two nations have the same basic social structure,
agricultural society, though many factors contributed to different
results concerning the adoption of Western democratic values. This
is unsurprising; even the democratic values of Great Britain and
America are somewhat different, because the British (and Malaysia)
8
Pribumi often used in Indonesia to refers the native people and bumiputera means
native people in Malay.
Democratic Governance|
19
Part One: Local Politics and Election
are “parliamentary democracies” while America (and Indonesia) are
“presidential democracies.” According to a report by Freedom House,
Indonesia is considered as a Free State, but Malaysia is still categorized
as only Partly Free (http://www.freedomhouse.org/template.
cfm?page=363&year=2010&country=7841). In addition, based on the
Economist Intelligence Unit’s 2010 Democracy Index, Indonesia places
in 61 ranks and Malaysia in 71 of 167 countries.Such indicators measure
political rights, civil rights, freedom of expression, and freedom of
media, but they have nothing to do with historical continuity, state
formation, persistence of anti-colonial movements, or colonial legacies
as components of the indicator.
The present study focuses on the impacts and outcomes of popular
rebellion both in Indonesia and Malaysia, regardless of whether the
context is the rural countryside or urban areas. Connecting rebellion
to prospects for democracy is somewhat difficult, but we can trace
it to other scholar’s work, such as Barringtone Moore in his book,
Social Origin of Dictatorship and Democracy: Lord and Peasant in the
Making of Modern World. He discusses about the preconditions for
democracy, including the existence of a bourgeoisie class. His main
focus is on economic classes and their interaction, both with each
other and with the state. Briefly, his general conclusion is that there
are three routes to modernization. One is the road followed by Britain,
the United States and France, achieving capitalism and democracy
after a bloody, bourgeois revolution. The second road, travelled by
Germany and Japan, leads to capitalism without revolution, by way
of an authoritarian regime that promotes the interests of landlords and
industrialists. The culmination of this road is fascism. The third road,
followed by Russia and China, begins with a peasant revolution that
destroys the landlords, and then leads to a communist dictatorship,
which produces an industrialized but non-democratic society (Femia,
1972).
In the same vein, Kartodirdjo is quite optimistic concerning the role
of common peasants in shaping institutional political change, particularly
in the independence process (Kartodirjo, 1972; Anderson and Siegel). He
criticizes why most of political scientists had only focused on to the macro
level of politics, such as constitutional reform, government institutions,
20 |Democratic Governance
David Efendi. From Riots to...
organizational conflict, and policy-making at the national level. To some
degree these are what Ben Kerkvliet calls “conventional politics” instead
of micro-level politics. Relating to the prerequisites for democratic
government, some, like S. M. Lipset, Almond, and Verba, would strongly
emphasize the cultural values embedded in a certain society (Lipset,
1981). They believe that the emergence of democracy will be influenced
by collective behavior to support the institutional changes. Other scholars
stress economic development,as implemented in Singapore and Malaysia.
Similar to Kishore Mahbubani’s statements regarding Asian values,9 I
also strongly believe that the clash of democratic values between Eastern
society and Western ideology can be a major source of conflict. As a result,
if Western forces are to install such ideologies in non-Western cultures, it
can easily lead to a tremendous disaster. The next question, then, is whether
Malaysians and Indonesians value ‘Western democracy’ differently? The
answer to this question will help to show why Indonesian has developed a
Western democracy much better than Malaysia has.
Malaysia
Talking about the colonial legacy in Malay, of course we could not
underestimate the influence of the British, who were the main actor
in shaping and reshaping the politics even in modern Malaysia. The
Sultan and the British had their own interests and, based on that, they
worked together. The British had plenty of economic resources, while
the sultanate could maintain its traditional authority. Communism was
hindered from gaining power, as communist movements always faced
very violent reactions from both the British and the Sultanate. We can
see this from the communist rebellion in 1857 in Serawak. One may
argue that this rebellion should be categorized as merely an ethnic war.
Another ‘small’ rebellion was the so-called Mat Saleh rebellion, but
unfortunately there is no adequate data to examine this rebellion. Even
Islamic groups and youth organizations in Malaysia were less radical
than in Indonesia (Adam, 2004). The problems they faced focused
too heavily on issues of ethnicity and indigenous privilege. It can be
9
Asian value is generaly believed that in the Asia society accept a single rule party;
a social harmony; communalism; loyalty and respect towards forms of authority;
collectivism; and accept easily the authoritarian government such as Mahathir
Mohammad (Malaysia), Suharto (Indonesia), and Lee Kuan Yew (Singapore). See
also, Kishore Mahbubani, (1997), Can Asian Think.
Democratic Governance|
21
Part One: Local Politics and Election
understood that, according to some scholars, Malay people are well
known as a culture with high loyalty to a figure of authority (King)
as a traditional character since long before the British Empire came to
the peninsula (Adam,2004). KMM (Kesatuan Melayu Muda), some say,
was a radical movement against the British, while many other people
say the opposite.
The immediate effect of the May riots in Malaysia included, first,
the expulsion of Malay nationalist Mahathir Mohamad from the UMNO
(United Malay National Organization10which propelled him to write his
seminal work The Malay Dilemma, in which he posited a solution to
Malaysia’s racial tensions based on aiding the Malays economically through
an affirmative action program. Second, Tunku Abdul Rahman resigned
as Prime Minister in the ensuing UMNO power struggle, and the new
‘Malay-ultra’ faction that dominated the government swiftly moved
to placate Malays with the Malaysian New Economic Policy (NEP),
enshrining affirmative action policies for the bumiputera.11 Many of
Malaysia’s draconian press laws, originally targeting racial incitement, also
date from this period. Third, the Constitution (Amendment) Act 1971
named Articles 152, 153, and 181, and also Part III of the Constitution as
specially protected, permitting Parliament to pass legislation that would
limit dissent with regard to these provisions pertaining to the social contract
(The social contract is essentially a quid pro quo agreement between the
Malay and non-Malay citizens of Malaysia, whereby in return for granting
the non-Malays citizenship at independence, symbols of Malay authority
such as the Malay monarchy became national symbols, and the Malays were
granted special economic privileges). With this new power, Parliament then
amended the Sedition Act accordingly. The new restrictions also applied
to the Members of Parliament, overruling Parliamentary Immunity; at
the same time, Article 159, which governs Constitutional amendments,
was amended to entrench the”sensitive” Constitutional provisions. Thus,
in addition to the consent of Parliament, any changes to the “sensitive”
portions of the Constitution would now have to pass the Conference of
10
11
UMNO is Malaysia’s largest political party; a founding member of the National
Front coalition, which has played a dominant role in Malaysian politics
since independence. The UMNO emphasizes protecting Malay culture and Islamic
values and supporting pro-business policies.
Malays and other indigenous Malaysians
22 |Democratic Governance
David Efendi. From Riots to...
Rulers, a body comprising the monarchs of the Malay states. At the same
time, the Internal Security Act, which permits detention without trial, was
also amended to stress “inter-communal harmony.”
The effectiveness of everyday forms of resistance as examined by James
Scoot for Malaysia and compliance without resistance by Ben Kerkvliet
concerning Vietnam are really insightful. Clearly, even everyday politics
without resistance movements, as Kerkvliet states, have been very effective in
influencing public policy making relating to collective farming in Vietnam,
where the national government shifted its policy from collective farming
to family-based farming (Kerkvliet, 2005). Scott strongly argues the role of
everyday forms of resistance cannot be underestimated in Malaysia. The
difficulty is how to measure private resistance during the British colonial in
Malaysia. Scott did not talk too much about the effectiveness and outcome
of hidden resistance in peasant society in Malaysia. He heavily emphasizes
the discourse of power relations, domination and hegemony. According
to Scott, people are not silent under domination and hegemony but rather
they perpetually rebel indirectly by using language and ways of behavior
and thought.
Political development and economic progress are separated from
one another in the contexts of Indonesia and Malaysia. In Malaysia,
the British policies were structured in order to avoid war by imposing
the government white paper of January 1946, preparing for the
constitution. Moreover, many polices are approved by the sultan for the
same reason, as war or ‘revolution’ had very high costs both politically
and socially (Kennedy, 1962). Historically, the British administration
began in 1874 in Malaysia,12and it generally advocated only economy
policies. The British intervention in Malaysia, however, had influenced
major political changes within the country as early as 1870, as many
favorable conditions led to the British intervention such as radical
changes in trade patterns, increases in commercial interest in the
Malayan Paninsula, the disintegration of local Malay authority, and
the need for British settlement to build security and trade. (Cowan,
1961) Meanwhile, the Dutch colonial period in Malaysia (1602-1825)
(Dennis De, 1941) did not play a significant role in forming Malaysia’s
economic policies.
12
Democratic Governance|
23
Part One: Local Politics and Election
The May 13 uprising in Malaysia forced the Prime Minister,Tunku
Abdul Rahman, to step down, allowing for the emergence of a
democratic government. In contrast, after Tun Abdul Rozak, the
authoritarian regime under the power of Mahathir Muhammad and
his supported and sympathizers ignored Western’s democratic values.
What Mahathir did was to build the economy superiority over the
other neighboring countries. Even though he only created the “ersatz
capitalism (Yoshihara, 1988) in Malaysia, many people believe that he
succeeded in developing Malaysia’s economy through the New Economy
Policy (NEP). In 1972, the discourse of democratization in Malaysia
had been started by reformist to forces a local authority/council
election. They argued that it will avoid the violence and public unrest in
the near future. People did not express their discontent and grievances
but the government should know that. The federal government worries
too much when facing the opposition alliance to take over the power
(Siang, Lim Kit, 1978).
In response to the May 13 riots, the government imposed
Rukunegara (1971), namely, the principles of Belief in God, Loyalty
to King and country, Upholding the constitution, rule of law, Good
behavior and Morality (Means, 1991). This states clearly that loyalty
to the King is a part of constitution, and thus we can contend that the
constitution itself is not really a democratic institution; at most, it is partly
democratic. Thus, the riots only advocated democratic mechanisms for
limited groups. In short, the constitution does not allow for a transition
from an undemocratic regime to a full democracy; it only transforms
traditional authoritarianism to semi-authoritarianism, or from
monarchy to constitutional monarchy as in Britain. Unsurprisingly,
Malaysia has therefore been categorized as only a partly free and semidemocratic state.
Indonesia
Indonesia under Dutch rule had a higher degree of anti-colonial
tension as it adopted modern organization and encountered various
forms of propaganda, both by Islamic groups and communist syndicate.
Finding a common enemy, these unified agrarian communities to
join in protest and rebellion, stemming from the strongly exploitative
24 |Democratic Governance
David Efendi. From Riots to...
practices of the Dutch, which were significantly different from those
of the British in Malay, where traditional authority was used to
maintain the colonial regime. This explanation can be traced from the
historical background of rebellion, revolution, and riots in Indonesia
during the colonial period and following independence. According
to Kuntowijoyo, there are three points necessary to understand why
Indonesia experienced such a high degree of rebellion and resistance
(Kuntowijoyo, 2002). The first approach is Marxist, which emphasizes
social radicalization in agrarian society, caused by the class gap between
haves and have-nots. The second approach stresses so-called cultural
tension between the Islam-santri and Islam-abangan, and one may
argue that Paderi war and Communist rebellion in Java 1926 are results
of such dynamics. Lastly, Indonesia can be understood as a complex
problem involving both social and cultural tensions, which led to a
tremendous anti-colonial rebellion, followed by a horizontal conflict
across society after independence.
In contrast to Malaysia, in Indonesia, since the Sukarno era
Indonesian elites have paid closer attention to political development,
whether as a constitutional democracy or a widely recognized form
of liberal democracy or what Liddlecalls a ‘secular democracy.’
Meanwhile, during the Suharto regime the central government shifted
the characteristics of the state from ideology to subjectively and
rationally planned development. After the collapse of Suharto’s regime,
following attacks on student movements, the elites had returned with
different actors, but with essentially the same ideas to democratize the
state’s post-authoritarian regime by imposing a law on autonomy (UU
no.25, 1999, and UU no.22, 1999). According to Kimura, Hadizand
Savirani (Kimura, 2006), this period saw the liberalization of politics
in Indonesia, during what many political scientists have called “the big
bang of decentralization (Bubandt, 2006) in response to the centralized
government during the New Order Suharto era. Furthermore, such
decentralization has been followed by direct and free competition in
general elections since 2004, and in 2009 Indonesia became the largest
democratic country in Southeast Asia.
Indonesia was, apparently, a “failed” state when reformation took
place in 1998, following Indonesia’s monetary crisis, which led to social
Democratic Governance|
25
Part One: Local Politics and Election
and political unrest (Klinken, 2007). When crisis happens, as in wartime,
people do not obey the law, and they reject government institutions
directly or indirectly.13 As a result, conflicts were a daily occurrence at
that time. Thus, the nation-state “failed” in so much as it was consumed
by internal violence and ceased delivering positive political value to its
inhabitants. Governments lose credibility if a particular nation-state
itself becomes questionable and illegitimate in the hearts and minds of
its citizens (Rotberg, 2004). To date, religious and ethnic conflicts have
continued, while the number of citizens in poverty has increased to 39
million (Indonesia National Statistic Bureau, 2010). It seems that the
crisis, then, is still going on. In this case, the government had failed to
feed its citizens. In other words, the national government had lost its
food sovereignty. Nevertheless, if electoral democracy indicators are to
be used in assessing the failure or success of the state, on the one hand,
Indonesia should be classified as a success, because it conducted general
elections peacefully from 1999 to 2009. On the other hand, although
Freedom House in 2010 reported progress in law enforcement in
Indonesia, it should also be noted that press freedom is still hampered
by violence, either physical or non-physical, and the rule of law is still
enforced in a discriminatory fashion.
National security essentially means the state of the health of the
nation, within which citizens enjoy life, liberty, protection of property
and participation in the productive life of society. Political stability,
economic well-being and equitable distribution of resources are
essential preconditions. If any society has a high incidence of death,
violence, crime, murder, or kidnapping, whatever the causes, the
citizens living there cannot feel safe. Indonesia itself has tried to create
national security in dealing with political conflicts across the national
and local levels, as well as social conflicts. In so doing, Indonesia
13
From 1997 to 2010, ‘wars’ between ethnic and religious groups occurred as many as a
dozen times, with casualties of more than 10,000 people (Klinken, 2007:4-5). This can
be roughly broken down as including (among others) the conflicts in East Timor, Aceh,
as well as the conflict between Islam vs. Christianity, etc. Those conflicts have caused
thousands people to suffer. From 2008 to 2010, more than 400 cases of religion violence
occurred (Tempo, 2009), and hundreds of people died because of both ethnic and
religious conflict in Indonesia. Gerry Van Klinken (2007) wrote that the main causes of
conflict are the distribution of income, political gaps between central and local entities,
and economic inequality. When the state was weakened by certain interest groups it was
as Barbara Harris-White has pointed out trapped in a ‘black economy.’
26 |Democratic Governance
David Efendi. From Riots to...
followed the system of decentralization called ‘Otonomi Daerah.’
According to the Law No. 22/1999 and the Law No. 25/ 1999, each
region has its own autonomy to manage natural resources and tackle
its own problems. Clearly, under this system, Indonesia is trying to
democratize its government by local and civil engagement as much as
possible. International funding has come to Indonesia to help make
democracy work by implementing concepts like clean governance
projects. Meanwhile, Nordholt (2003) has argued that “a shift from
a centralized to a decentralized government is not synonymously
implying a shift from authoritarian to a democratic rule.” Therefore,
the state and society should work together to address this issue in order
to avoid the return of old powerful elites who could bring dictatorship
back in the new “democratic society.”
Obviously, the nature of rebellion created the class and associational
consciousness in which the civil society organization arose dramatically
since the colonial era. As Klinken and Barker noted, “civil society was
supposed to be an essential element in democracy (Klinken and Barker,
2009). Clearly, the agenda for democracy that lay behind such rebellion
and resistance as existed in Indonesian history allowed for the emergence
of main values for democracy, including liberty/freedom, modern
voluntary organization, transparency and so forth, and eventually it
has also promoted regime change. In this case, functionalists would say
that civil war created peace, while in the European context civil war
created civil society organizations, and even formed new and modern
states. Plenty of countries were built by civil war and revolution during
the course of history in Western countries, Africa, America, and Asia.
As Shiraishi notes, under the Dutch, pribumi14 were introduced to
various modern organizations, ideology, which contributed to rallies,
demonstration and political parties. Such events were unheard of
before the colonial regime. It was in the course of the pergerakan15 that
all of these words, which signified new form of politics, become rooted
in Malaysia and Indonesia. By the next generation it is then considered
as the capital of democracy (Shiraishi, 1990).
14
15
Native people.
Pergerakan means social movement e.g. Budi Oetomo, Sarikat Islam, Sarikat Dagang
Islam, Indische Party, BTI and so forth.
Democratic Governance|
27
Part One: Local Politics and Election
To sum up, the effects of both revolution and resistance can be
easily measured by the structural change, policy formation during the
collective action, and everyday politics as acted out by the populace.
For, instance during the period of rebellion, across Indonesia new terms
were established for nationalism movements, agrarian-communist
movements, and religious movements, and each of these formed
the roots of national consciousness in the struggle for freedom and
independence. Clearly, in Indonesia, its people gained a Free State by
bloody struggle that lasted for centuries. Within a brief period of time,
the revolution that followed independence supported regime change
into a more democratic government, despite Liddle’s criticism that
Indonesia’s democracy is not well-consolidated (Reynolds, 2002). In the
Old Order, constitutional democracy and the multiparty system were
imposed across the country, which led to “guided democracy.” Shortly
after, these were followed by mass protests, and communist rebellions in
some areas led Sukarno to be toppled softly by Suharto, who practiced
a new authoritarian state. As can be seen after the reforms in 1998,
with riots and social unrest as the consequences of regime collapse,
including regional confrontations such as in East Timor, Papua
and the Free Aceh Movement, which together created new political
institutions, namely, decentralization and multiparty systems that were
implemented peacefully. All of this has caused Indonesia to become the
biggest democratic state in Southeast Asia. However, in Malaysia, the
structural changes in political structure were relatively minor, even after
the May 13 riots, as although there was regime change, in fact the state
and the economic and political elites stayed in tact as democratization
was undermined by economic development programs like the so-called
NEP under the banner of NICs.
CONCLUSION
Although not many political scientists have considered the role of
common people in political development in Indonesia or Southeast Asia, I
strongly believe that ordinary people’s rebellions, regardless of their motives,
can contribute to the value of democracy directly and or indirectly. This is
simply because the forms of rebellion and resistance call for more freedom
and equality, which are the central and most substantial of democratic
28 |Democratic Governance
David Efendi. From Riots to...
notions in the modern sense. Provocatively, the more intensive rebellion
and resistance within state-society relation or society vs. the authoritative
agency, the more democratic society will be. The big bang of democratization
in Indonesia was caused by (1) progressive Muslim communities; (2) the
penetration of democratic values from Western ideologies; and (3) the style
of the Dutch colonial rule. Meanwhile, in Malaysia, feudalism and British
influence together hampered democratization according to a Western
model, as it only implemented economic policies instead of political
developments. It is clearly understood, then, why people were reluctant to
resist or rebel openly in Malaysia.
A massive revolution like what happened in France, England, and
America, as well as in Indonesia, can grow from small roots and lead to
open rebellion. Similarly, what is going on in the Middle East today is a
perfect example of how revolutions spread. Rebellion itself can be followed
by more revolution, once the social prerequisites are completed, as is the
case when there are significant changes in social or political structures.
In the case of Indonesia, waves of rebellion eventually resulted in
radical revolution, leading to a transfer of power from the Dutch to the
Indonesian. Civil society was considered strong under colonialism and
after independence,as communism and Islam contributed to the creation
of modern and progressive voluntary organizations. The role of leadership
during the colonial and revolution eras was supposed to be taken into
account. As can be seen, democratization considerably developed since
post-independence. Indonesia once faced regional rebellion, as it has tried
to impose decentralization and create special laws, particularly in Aceh,
Papua, and East Timor.16 It is not the case that Indonesia blossomed into
a full democracy via a so-called big bang of democracy. Only after a long
period of revolution did Indonesia pass into this phase, as it experienced
the second and third wave of democratization, and the shift in 1998 could
even be considered as a“fourth wave” of democratization in Indonesia.
Meanwhile, in Malaysia, there was no rebellion to gain independence.
Just after the communist rebellion and the May 13 riots, the central
government continued to maintain traditional authority under the sultan
16
Law No. 44/1999 Concerning Privileges of the Special Province of Aceh, Law No.
21/2001 on Special Autonomy for Papua Province (special members of parliament),
and Law No. 29/2007 on the Capital Region of Jakarta as the Capital of the Republic
of Indonesia. East Timor got its free since 1999.
Democratic Governance|
29
Part One: Local Politics and Election
(elective monarchy) according to “Rukunegara” and a discriminative
policy based on ethnicity was even insitutionalized.Conflict among ethnic
groups still remains as a threat to society at this time. Based on several
reports, Malaysia has so far remained partly free as a quasi-democratic
state. In the case of Malaysia, the emergence of a middle class and
economic development has had little to do with democratization. Instead
there has been what Yoshihara Kunio calls “ersatz capitalism,” in which
the bourgeoisie does not really want to implement democracy, and society
lacks any real rebellion or revolution (only ethnic conflicts). As a result,
the emergence of civil society as a mechanism of checks and balances
between society and state never materialized. This yields the conclusion
that Malaysia’s democracy has not yet been fully implemented.
Concerning the limits of this study, I realized that the above
explanations are not really adequate to theorize or generalize this
finding to other nations. This article nonetheless invites further
intellectual discussion due to the necessity of study in the field of
popular resistance in Southeast Asia. The uniqueness of each society is
one of the problems for generalization in this study. Although we might
agree upon some similarities in the nature of rebellion, such as motives
for class struggle, domination, the role of colonial legacy, and religious
movements, to some degree, they are also significantly different. What
is needed most, to continue this line of inquiry, is to establish specific
patternsfor analysis for each type of popular resistance.
REFERENCES
Andrey Reynolds. 2002.ed. The Architecture of Democracy; Constitutional
Design, Conflict Management, and Democracy.
Basrowi, Ach Fatchan. 2002.Pembelotan Kaum Pesantren Dan Petani Di
Jawa. Jakarta: Yayasan Kampusina.
Brooker, P. 2000. Non-Democratic Regimes, Theory, Government and
Politics. New York, NY: St Martin’s Press.
Dahl, Robert A. 1956.A Preface to Democratic Theory. Chicago: The
University of Chicago Press.
____. 1998. On Democracy. New Haven & Landon: Yale University
Press.
30 |Democratic Governance
David Efendi. From Riots to...
Diamond, L. 2008.The Democratic Rollback, the Resurgance of the
Predatory State. From foreign affairs, March/April 2008.
Evans, Peter B, Dietrich Rueschemeyer, and Theda Skocpol, eds. 1985.
Bringing the state back in. Cambridge Cambridgeshire, New York:
Cambridge University Press.
Feith, Herbert. 2006. The Decline of Constitutional Democracy in
Indonesia. Jakarta & Kuala Lumpur: Equinox Publishing.
Hadiz, VediR.2010. Localizing Power in Post-Authoritarian Indonesia:
A Southeast Asia Perspective, Contemporary Issues in Asia and the
Pacific. Stanford: Stanford: Stanford University Press
Harrington, Nathan. 1998.The Zapatista Movement. Retrieved from
http://www.angelfire.com/pe/revolutionarybeats/zapatista.html
Hobsbawm, E. J. 1959. Primitive Rebels, Studies in Archaic Forms of
Social Movement in the 19th and 20th Centuries. New York,: W.
W. Norton.
Kerkvliet, Benedict J. 2009. Everyday Politics in Peasant Societies (and
ours).The Journal of Peasant Studiesol. 36, No. 1, January 2009,
227–243.
_______. 2005. The Power of Everyday Politics, How Vietnamese
Peasants Transformed National Policy. Ithaca and London:
Cornell University Press.
_______. 1977. The Huk Rebellion, A Study of Peasant Revolt in the
Philippines. Berkeley: University of California Press.
Klinken Gerry V. 2007.Communal Violence and Democratization in
Indonesia, SmallTown Wars. New York. Routdledge Contemporary
Southeast Asia.
Kahin, Audrey. 2000. Rebellion to Integration: West Sumatra and the
Indonesian Polity, 1926-1998. Amsterdam: Amsterdam University
Press.
Kartodirdjo, Sartono. 1973. Protest Movements in Rural Java: A Study of
Agrarian Unrest in the Nineteenth and Early Twentieth Centuries.
Singapore, etc.: Oxford University Press for the Institute of
Southeast Asian Studies.
_______. 1972. Agrarian Radicalism in Java: Its Setting and
Development (pp.71-125). In Claire Holt (ed), Benedict R. O’G.
Anderson & James Siegel, Culture and Politics in Indonesia. Ithaca
& London: Cornell University Press.
Democratic Governance|
31
Part One: Local Politics and Election
Kimura, Ehito. 2005. Proliferating Provinces: Territorial Politics in PostSuharto Indonesia. South East Asia Research, 18, 3, pp 415–449
Kumar, Girish.2006. Local Democracy in India: Interpreting
Decentralization. New Delhi; Thousand Oaks: Sage Publications.
Kunio, Yoshihara, 1988. The Rise of Ersatz Capitalism in South-East
Asia. Singapore: Oxford University Press.
King, Stephen J.2003. Liberalization Against Democracy: The Local
Politics of Economic Reform in Tunisia. Bloomington, Ind.:
Indiana University Press.
Kirby, Andrew. 1993. Power/Resistance: Local Politics and the Chaotic
State. Bloomington: Indiana University Press.
Kuntowijoyo. 2002. Radikalisasi Petani: Esai-esai Sejarah. Yogyakarta:
YayasanBentangBudaya.
Lane, Max. 2008. Unifinished Nation, Indonesia Before and After
Suharto. London & New York: Verso
Li, Jieli. 2002. State Fragmentation: Toward A Theoretical Understanding
of the Territorial Power of the State. Sociological Theory 20(2):
139-156.
Lijphart, Arend. 1999. The Pattern of Democracy, Government Forms
and Performance in Thirty-Six Countries. New Haven & London:
Yale University Press.
McAdam, Doug. 2001. Dynamics of Contention. Cambridge: Cambridge
University Press.
McKeon, R (ed).,Jowett, B. (tran). 1941. The Basic Works of Aristotle.
New York: Random House.
Migdal, Joel S. 2001. State in Society Studying How States and Societies
Transform and Constitute One Another. New York: Cambridge
University Press.
Meyer, David S., and Sidney G. Tarrow. 1998. The Social Movement
Society: Contentious Politics for a New Century. Lanham, Md. ;
Oxford: Rowman& Littlefield Publishers.
Nordholt Hank S. 2003. Renegotiating Boundaries; Access, Agency, and
Identity in Post Soeharto Indonesia. Leiden: Bijdragen tot de Tall-,
Land-en Volkenkunde 159, no. 4, 550-589.
32 |Democratic Governance
David Efendi. From Riots to...
Parming, Tönu. 1975. The Collapse of Liberal Democracy and the Rise
of Authoritarianism in Estonia. London; Beverly Hills, Calif.:
Sage Publications.
Pennock, J. Roland. 1950. Liberal Democracy: Its Merits and Prospects.
New York: Rinehart.
Piven, Frances Fox., and Richard A. Cloward. 1977. Poor People’s
Movements: Why They Succeed, How They Fail. New York:
Pantheon Books.
Putnam, Robert D, Robert Leonardi, and RaffaellaNanetti. 1993. Making
Democracy Work: Civic Traditions in Modern Italy. Princeton,
N.J.: Princeton University Press.
Schaffer, F. Charles . 2000. Democracy in Translation: Understanding
Politics in an Unfamiliar Culture (Wilder House Series in Politics,
History, and Culture). Cornell University Press.
Schmitter, Philippe. C., Karl, T. Lynn. 1991. What Democracy Is…and
Is Not. Journal of Democracy (summer 1991), pp. 67-73.
Scott, James C. 1990. Domination and the Arts of Resistance: Hidden
Transcripts. New Haven: Yale University Press.
_______. 1985. Weapons of the Weak: Everyday Forms of Peasant
Resistance. New Haven: Yale University Press.
Scott, James C., and Asian Studies Association of Australia.Malaysia
Society. 1987 Resistance without protest: peasant opposition to
the Zakat in Malaysia and to the tithe in France: the Fourth James
C. Jackson Memorial Lecture, 1986. Townsville, Qld., Australia:
Malaysia Society.
Shiraishi, Takashi. 1990. An Age in Motion: Popular Radicalism in Java,
1912-1926.Ithaca: Cornell University Press.
S.M Lipset. 1959. Some Social Requisites of Democracy: Economic
Development and Political Legitimacy.The American Political
Science Review, vol. 53, no.1 March, 69-110.
Stoler, Ann Laura. 1985. Capitalism and Confrontation in Sumatra’s
Plantation Belt, 1870-1979. Michigan: the University of Michigan
Press.
Summerhill, Thomas, and James C. Scott. 2004. Transatlantic Rebels:
Agrarian Radicalism in Comparative Context. East Lansing:
Michigan State University Press.
Democratic Governance|
33
Part One: Local Politics and Election
Tarrow, Sidney G. 1994. Power in Movement Social Movements,
Collective Action and Politics. Cambridge studies in comparative
politics. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Tocqueville, Alexis De. 2005. Democracy in America. New York: Barnes
& Noble.
34 |Democratic Governance
THE VOICE OF ISLAMIC PARTY IN INDONESIA:
THE CASE OF THE INDONESIA’S 2014 GENERAL
ELECTION
Zuly Qodir
Master of Government Affairs and Administration.
Universitas Muhammadiyah Yogyakarta
E-mail: zuly_qodir@yahoo.com
Abstract
The Islamist phenomenon causes the gaps of economic and
political situation for islamic communities in Indonesia and political
euphoria or democracy in Indonesia. That it is raison islamic politics
resurgent on the 2014 general election. The real phenomenon is
that the Islamic future in Indonesia depends on Muhammadiyah
and NU, two Islamic organizations, than to the activist progressive
muslim for responses and economic, political and cultural facts
against the Islamist movement. Responses from activist and Islamic
organization like Muhammadiyah and NU concretely answers
economic problems. The future of Indonesia and its Islamic capture
depends on Muhammadiyah and NU for creating activities and
supporting the efforts to civil Islam and civil society. Muhammadiyah
and NU movements create activities that develops trust and popular
understanding of Islam. Muhammadiyah and NU having culture and
social capital for survival and sustainability for being a long time
social force in the community has worked to counter the Islamic
radicalism phenomenon in Indonesia after the 11 September 2001
tragedy.
Keywords: Islamic parties, Islamism, revivalism, the 2014 election
35
Part One: Local Politics and Election
INTRODUCTION
Before the general election of 2014 was held, there were some survey
institutions doing surveys about the possibility of the electability and the
winning of the Islamic parties. From the surveys done, most of it say that
the electability of the Islamic party would be decreased drastically, and
even predicted the lost in the general election of 2014. Some survey results
were taken by LSI (The Institution of Indonesian Survey), for example. In
March of 2013, it showed that none of the Islamic party was included for
the big four of the voter’s choice. The Development Union Party (PPP), the
Nation Resurgence Party (PKB), the National Mandate Party (PAN), and
the Welfare and Justice Party (PKS) as the Islamic parties or based on the
Islam mass which were validated as the participant political parties of the
2014 general election, just obtained under 5 percent of the voters.
As informed by National Survey Institution and Indonesian Survey
Circle or Saiful Mujani Research Consultant (SMRC), the electability
of PKB was 4.5 percent, PPP was 4 percent, PAN was 4 percent, and
PKS was 3.7 percent. Degree of the electability of the Islamic party
and party based on the Islamic mass was far behind the nationalism
party. Whereas, the nationalism party or the party not based on the
religion, is seen to take the significant vote. It was said, Golkar Party
had increased its support of vote by 22 percent, Indonesian Democratic
Party of Struggle got 18.8 percent, Democrat party got 11.7 percent,
and Gerindra Party got 7.3 percent. Even Nasdem, as the new party,
had the same electability with PKB.
Survey institution of LSI Network held survey in 33 provinces in
Indonesia with 1,200 respondents, and using a method of multy-stage
random sampling, with a margin of error estimation about 2.9 percent.
The result of the survey found the interesting fact that none of the
figures from the Islamic party was included in the big three. Four of
the strongest president candidates were dominated by the nationalist
figures. They were Megawati Soekarno Putri with 20.7 percent support,
Aburizal Bakrie with 20.3 percent support, Prabowo Subianto got 19.2
percent, and Wiranto with 8.2 percent of support. Meanwhile, the
figures from the Islamic party were just in the fifth position and so on.
The figure of the Islamic party was viewed to have less prestige than the
nationalist figures.
36 |Democratic Governance
Zuly Qodir. The Voice of...
While Hatta Rajasa, for example, the general chief of National
Mandate party (PAN) just obtained 6.4 percent. Suryadharma Ali,
as the general chief of the Development Union Party (PPP) got 1.9
percent, Anis Matta, the President of Welfare and Justice Party (PKS)
achieved 1.1 percent. Whereas, Muhaimin Iskandar, the General Chief
of the Nation Resurgence Party (PKB) just earned about 1.6 percent of
support.
Before, result survey of LSI Network on 1-8 October of 2012, with
1,200 respondents and using multistage sampling and also 2.9 margin
of error, it also showed the prestige of the Islamic party to have gone
vague. Voice of the Islamic party tends to decrease from era to the era.
In the first general election of 1955, vote obtained of the Islamic party
was 43.5 percent. In the general election of 1999, vote account of the
Islamic party got down to 36.8 percent. But it never got stronger in the
general election of 2004 with 38.1 percent vote. However, in the general
election of 2009, the voice obtained of all the Islamic party decreased
drastically with 23.1 percent.
At the time, support for the figures from the Islamic party was
viewed to have decreased significantly. Popularity of the leader of the
Islamic party also becoming the ministers of Susilo Bambang Yudoyono’s
Cabinet, such as Hatta Rajasa (PAN), Muhaimin Iskandar (PKB), and
Suryadharma Ali (PPP), was still under 60 percent. In another side, the
popularity of the national figures such as Aburizal Bakrie, Megawati
Soekarnoputri, and Prabowo Subianto had been 60 percent above. A
vague destiny is seen to be faced by presidential candidate coming or
nominated by the Islamic party. Majority voice of the voters addressed
toward the figures from the nationalist party got the support of above 15
percent averagely.
THE VOICE OF ISLAMIC PARTIES IN THE 2014 GENERAL
ELECTION
The descending of the vote of the Islamic party and the Islamic
figures, such as explained above, was caused, at least, by three factors.
According to LSI researcher, Adjie Alfaraby, there were three factors
causing the figure of the Islamic party not to have significant support
on the presidential candidate based on the survey result held in 2013.
Democratic Governance|
37
Part One: Local Politics and Election
First, less publication from the figures of the Islamic party. It’s said
by LSI researcher, “If they had publication, the public expose would
increase popularity and pleasure toward the figures,” Adjie said, in his
paper, in LSI office, Jakarta, Sunday, on March 17th of 2013.
Based on the facts found by LSI, it was just below 30 percent of
the public always watched advertisement, activity news, and visiting
the figure of the Islamic party. Whereas, the second factor, funding
of the Islamic party was less which couldn’t support the socialization
and campaign activities maximally. Third, figure from the nationalist
party was seen to be able to accommodate the interest of the Islamic
community. At least, about 6.1 percent of the public believed that
the nationalist figures could accommodate the interest of the Islamic
community. The support weakness of the Islamic party figure was not
just at the position of the presidential candidate, but also at the vice
presidential candidate. Of the four strongest vice presidential candidate,
there was just one figure from the Islamic party. It can be seen from the
support toward the presidential candidate nominated as the following:
Joko Widodo or Jokowi with 35.2 percent, Jusuf Kalla with 21.2 percent,
Hatta Rajasa with 17.1 percent and Mahfud MD with 15.1 percent. The
other leaders of the political party were just 5 percent below.
However, the result of the 2014 general election said different or
contrary from the prediction of some survey institutions and analysts,
even some got increased. This made some people startled in analyzing
the writhe of the political Islam in Indonesia, because the voice of the
Islamic party, if PKB is included as the Islamic party, the voice of the
Islamic party was stagnant, it was not decreased but also not increased
significantly. However the activists of the Islamic party claimed that the
Islamic party had increased voice, such as said by the politician from
PAN, Drajat Wibowo, Fahri Hamzah, and Mahfud Sidiq from PKS. We
can see that the voice of the Islamic party remaining besides PPP got
increased even by just two percent (6.53 percent), PKS 6.79 percent, Pan
7.59 percent, whereas PKB increased one hundred percent becoming
9.84 percent. In another side, PBB just obtained 1.46 percent. So, if
those were combined, the voice getting of the Islamic party (based on
Islam such as PPP, PKS, and PPP), including PKB and PAN, the voice of
the Islamic party was 31 percent. They could nominate running-mate
38 |Democratic Governance
Zuly Qodir. The Voice of...
candidate for president and vice president. But it’s a little difficult like
what was said by Amien Rais, Muhaimin Iskandar, Suryadharma Ali,
so the decision to make a coalition with the other political parties. PAN
and PPP adopt its approach from Gerindra whereas PKB together with
Nasdem chooses to make a coalition with PDI P.
Let’s see the vote of the parliament in the General Election of 2014
between the Islamic party and nationalist party. The Islamic parties
are represented by PPP, PKS, and PBB, added by the parties based on
Pancasila but their main base supporters are Muhammadiyah, namely
PAN, and NU, that’s Nation Resurgence Party (PKB).
Tabel1.3.The Vote of the Parliament in the General Election of 2014
No
Party Name
1
Nasdem
2
PKB
3
PKS
4
PDI PERJUANGAN
5
Partai GOLKAR
6
Gerindra
7
Partai Demokrat
8
PAN
9
PPP
10
Hanura
11
PBB
12
PKPI
Vote Getting
8.402.812
11. 298.957
8.480.204
23.681.471
18.423.312
14.160.311
12.728.913
9.481.621
8.157.488
6.579.498
1.825.750
1.143.094
Percentage (%)
6.72
9.04
6.79
18.95
14.15
11.81
10.19
7.59
6.53
5.26
1.46
0.91
Source:KPU, 24 August 2014.
Based on the voices obtained of the 2014 legislative election
(parliament), it can be said that the parties based on Islam mass
decreased or remained stagnant, but some view that the vote getting of
the Islamic parties increased because PPP and PKB got significant votes
from the analyst’s prediction saying that the voice of the Islamic party
would descend rapidly. But one thing that is always forgotten is that
the target decided by the Islamic party was not reached. Like what is
Democratic Governance|
39
Part One: Local Politics and Election
already known, that PKS’s target was 15 percent, PAN’s was 20 percent,
PKB’s was 15 percent, and PPP’s was also 15 percent. However, none
of the mentioned parties obtained their targets. This shows that the
voice of the Islamic party, even though was not smashed, remained at
its first position due to PKB and PPP factor, because both of the parties
accommodated NU mass.
After the 2014 general election where there was no single majority
voice, the idea of the coalition became compulsory to be able to nominate
a running mate for president and vice president. PDIP, as the winning
party, chose to make coalition with Nasdem, PKB, which has NUbackground. Whereas, Gerindra, as the the third winning party, then chose
to have coalition with PAN and some PPP elites under Suryadharma Ali’s
leadership, because some cadres of PPP didn’t choose to have coalition with
Gerindra. In another side, Golkar, Democrat, Hanura and PKS haven’t
decided which party to make a coalition with, even though Golkar gives a
clear indication to make a coalition with PDIP.
By that condition, the idea of Islamic Party Coalition to nominate the
candidate from them failed. Coalition of the Middle Axis II failed before
it even matured. The idea from M. Din Syamsuddin, Makruf Amin, and
MS Ka’ban didn’t have positive response from the elites of the Muslim
politic. So, this is the end of the Islamic party to nominate its own running
candidate for president and vice president, even though the Islamic party
got 31 percent voice if PAN, PKB, PPP, PKS, and PBB are combined.
RESURGENCE OF INDONESIAN POLITICAL ISLAM
Voice getting of the Islamic party reached 31 percent then triggered
the willingness from some Muslim elites to build axis of the political Islam
like what was done in the era of Abdurrahman Wahid with the name of the
Middle Axis II, such as said by M. Din Syamsuddin from Muhammadiyah,
Makruf Amin (NU), Zulkifli Halim and Jawahir Thontowi (HMI), but that
idea was rejected by Amien Rais who have once triggered the idea of the
Middle Axis I, Fahri Hamzah and Mahfud Sidiq (PKS), Muhaimin (PKB)
and Suryadharma Ali (PPP). By that situation, the idea of the Middle Axis
II was not brought to reality even though the power of Islam, seemingly,
became the decisive factor in the 2014 General Election in Indonesia,
because its voices was significant enough.
40 |Democratic Governance
Zuly Qodir. The Voice of...
In the difficult situation for the Muslim people to have role in the
political practice of the Islamic party because the voice remained on the
middle level of value. There was the idea from the elites of the Islamic
Association of University Students (HMI) and Alumnus Family of the
Islamic Association of University Students (KAHMI) to support Moh.
Mahfud MD, who is the figure from NU, former Chief of Constitutional
Court (MK) to be the vice president as the couple of the winning
party of the 2014 General Election, either PDI P or Golkar. Another
name that was proposed was Jusuf Kalla, who was also the activist of
HMI from Makassar, and also one of the figures of NU and was the
vice president (2004-2009). Jusuf Kalla is known well in the ummah
(followers) of NU, Muhammadiyah, or bureaucrat due to his smartness
and his braveness to take any policy in leading such as what he done
when becoming the vice president from SBY. By the time this paper is
being written, Jusuf Kalla is the General Chief of the Indonesian Red
Cross (PMI) and Council of Indonesian Mosque.
Beside Mahfud MD and Jusuf Kalla, the young generation and
figures of HMI nominate Rector of Paramadina University, Anies
Baswedan, the Arabic descendent and the activist of HMI from
Yogyakarta Branch. Anies Baswedan is also one of the presidential
candidates from Democrat party through the way of the Democrat Party
Convention. In some surveys, name of Anies Baswedan is compared to
Jusuf Kalla and Mahfud MD to be the couple (vice president) of the
presidential candidate from the winning party, either Jokowi from
PDIP or to be nominated as the presidential candidate from the noncoalition parties; those are Democrat, Hanura, and PBB.
Irrespective of all of them, there are some reasons why the
Islamic party remains in Indonesia even though it’s little difficult to be
termed as the ‘strong one’. Some of the reasons are: first, theological
reason saying that within the religious services (syariah), politics can’t
be separated but can be chosen or differentiated. This one had been
the religious argumentation since the prophet hood era until the era
of khulafaurrasyidin. The other reasons are: first, as the way for the
political elites of the Muslim to convey their political aspiration that
was repressed for years by the regime of the New Order, except for the
ones who became part of PPP or Golkar, not the Islam-based party. In
Democratic Governance|
41
Part One: Local Politics and Election
other words, it is a form of the syariah formalization in Indonesia and
it made syariah substantial as the idea triggered by Nurcholish Madjid.
In such as that position, Abdurrahman Wahid as the figure of NU who
was known inclusively also took initiative of forming the new party,
PKB, and then becoming the first Chief of Syurah Council.
Second, it is to move the house of the Indonesian Muslim Intellectual
and Abangan Intellectual. If the Muslim intellectuals were ashamed or
were not apparent to play the political role in the New Order regime, so
since the reformation era of 1998, the Muslim and Abangan intellectuals
have played the political role in practice in the political party that they built
by themselves. These identified parties are PAN and PKB, the political
parties accommodating most the Indonesian Muslim Intellectual, either
from Muhammadiyah or from the alumnus of Masyumi activist of the
Old Order. There is Amien Rais, who was the General Chief of PAN then
becomes the Chief of Consideration Council of PAN. Meanwhile, at PBB,
there is Yuzril Ihza Mahendra, who was the intellectual.
Third, it’s the house of the activist of the political Islam and the
Islamic movement of campus. We know that in the reformation era
there has been PKS, besides PBB which we know as the party belonging
to the activist of the Islamic movement, such as religious proselytizing
movement of the Islamiyah Religious Proselytizing Council of
Indonesia (DDII). DDII, at first, was built by the figure of Masyumi,
Moh.Natsir, and after Natsir, DDII was led by Anwar Harjono, then
Hartono Mardjono and Husein Umar. While PKS is the place of
Islamic campus activist, the studying religious activist of campus and
campus religious proselytizing institution (LDK), besides the activist
of Movement Union of Indonesian Muslim Student (KAMMI), such as
Fahri Hamzah, Rama Pratama, who are then active at PKS. And some
other Islamic activists supporting Islamic movement through politics,
they are Imadudin Abdurrahim, Fuad Amsyari, and Ahmad Muflih
Saefuddin (AM. Saefuddin) being active at PPP.
Fourth, it’s to move the articulation house of Islamic politician who
were active in the religious party of the fusion result, namely PPP and
Golkar. Most of them were the activists of the organizations of extra
campus like HMI having background of the moderate Muhammadiyah
42 |Democratic Governance
Zuly Qodir. The Voice of...
and NU, the Islamic Student Movement of Indonesia (PMII), the
activist of NU and Association of Muhammadiyah Student (IMM), and
the the activist of Muhammadiyah. Student activists after becoming
the alumni of HMI, PMII, IMM are then associated to the political
parties based on Islam or at least the political parties having affiliation
to the Islam such as PKB, PAN, and Ummah Resurgence Party (led
by Deliar Noer), PKNU by Syukron Makmun, Nahdatul Ulama Party
led by Sholahuddin Wahid, and new Masyumi or PSI 1911 led by the
Cokroaminoto Son and Amrullah Ahmad.
Beside the internal factors above, the appearance and the survival
of the Islamic party or the movement of the political Islam are caused
by the factors beyond the Islam of Indonesia. Of those factors are the
winning of the parties based on Islam in the region of Africa, Middle
East, and Southeast Asia. The victory of PAS in Aljazeera, Muslim
Brotherhood in Egypt, the victory of Bath Party in Iraq, Ahmadinejad
winning in Iran, the victory of the Islamic party of Morocco, Sudan, and
the winning of Serantau Islam Party (PAS) in Malaysia give motivation
and belief of the activist of the Islamic party to support continuously
the birth and the development of the Islamic party in Indonesia.
Related to the survey result developing in facing the legislative
presidential election and, there were some responses from the Islamic
politician such as from PKS done by Hidayat Nurwahid, Anis Matta
and Romahurmuhzy from PPP saying their optimism about the Islamic
party in the 2014 General Election. We can see their comments to be
slightly blaming the survey institutions of the 2014 legislative election
as following.
In responding the survey result of Indonesian Survey Circle (LSI)
Network, Fraction Chief of Welfare and Justice Party (PKS), Hidayat
Nurwahid said that the destiny of the Islamic political party was not
decided by the survey result. It was said by the former chief of People’s
Consultative Council of Indonesia: “As a democracy communication,
please tell the result of your study,” Nurwahid said. However, it’s
clarified by the survey institution always becoming the reference that
the election had not been done that day. For the Islamic political party,
the survey result was the whip to work harder. Besides that, people’s
Democratic Governance|
43
Part One: Local Politics and Election
sovereignty is people’s right, it can’t be represented by the survey
institution. By asking, Hidayat Nurwahid also said “Does the people’s
sovereignty end by this survey?” he said.
With a slight indifference, Hidayat Nurwahid disagreed that
there was an ideology contestation between Islam versus nationalism,
because, according to him, there was no said dichotomy of nationalist
or Islamic. All of them right now have Islamic wing, such as PDIP
having Baitul Muslim where its chief is the young generation of NU.
Golkar previously has had an Islamic community of Al Hidayah
Islamic Studying. In another side, Democrat has Majlis Dzikir. While
the survey result saying that non-islamic party can represent Islamic
society. It means that there is the contribution of the success of the
Islamic political party. It’s important also to remind that national party
has Islamic organization as the wings. “If we say that there is ideology
contestation, it’s misleading,” he said.
Further, it was said by Hidayat that by that survey result, it was
important for the Islamic parties to evaluate themselves. However,
PKS never worries about the survey result. This political party has
understood survey result well even though that survey would be seen as
the developing critic. “We don’t prohibit anyone to make survey, but the
survey institution must be fair. The election is not done today,” he said.
In another side, the same comment was also delivered by
the Secretary-General of Development Union Party (PPP), M
Romahurmuziy saying that the Islamic political party will not be
gloomy (dark). He believes that the Islamic political party will always
have place in Indonesian politics. According to Romy, nick name of
Romahurmuziy, not all the factors explored by LSI influences the
Islamic political party. The leader of the Islamic political party is,
indeed, less popular than the leader of the nationalist party because the
leaders of the nationalist party have had longer years to play politics in
Indonesian political stage. Besides that, Romy said, nationalist party
has more funding.
After receiving the vote result of the 2014 legislative election,
many responses appeared from Islam in order for the power of Islam
to move continuously and in unity as one support to Islam as the
44 |Democratic Governance
Zuly Qodir. The Voice of...
political movement. They suggest ignoring the total vote of the Islamic
political parties in this survey which was about 15 percent, far behind
the result of the 2009 general election (29.1), 2004 (38.3 percent),
and 1999 general election (36.5 percent). Not only is the political
party, but also the politician of the Islamic parties received no public
support to be a presidential candidate of 2014. If the election is held
by the time this research was conducted, the respondents to choose
Hidayat Nurwahid will be 4.6 percent, Hatta Rajasa will be 3.9 percent,
Yuzril Ihzamahendra will be 3.2 percent, Muhaimin Iskandar will be
2 percent, and Suryadharma Ali will be 0.9 percent. Those are under
the vote obtained by the nationalist figures, namely Megawati Soekarno
Putri (18 percent), Prabowo Subianto (17.4 percent), Aburizal Bakrie
(17.1 percent), and Wiranto (10.2 percent).
The Secretary-General of Bulan Bintang Party (Moon and Star Party/
PBB) RM Wibowo said that actually all the political parties have a problem
of decreasing their electability. It was said by the General Secretary of PBB
that not just the Islamic political party have decreased vote. The other
political parties have the same thing. All the political parties, but some will
remain well and maybe the new parties will get attention from the public,
he said at PBB office. He added that, indeed, society is disappointed with
the work of the political party. In relation to this, PBB intends not to repeat
the failure of the 2009 general election because it failed to pass the electoral
threshold. Even though it was no exaggeration, PBB had targetted 5-7
percent vote of the 2014 general election, however the final result was just
1.46 percent, far enough from the target. Wibowo said that PBB must work
hard to fight and to survive.
In another side, Chief of Nation Resurgence Party (PKB),
Muhaimin Iskandar, said that he doesn’t worry about the result of
the survey saying that the electability of the political parties based on
Islam mass is threatened in 2014 general election. Muhaimin said for
sure that the survey result doesn’t represent the true situation. Such
as quoted from kompas.com, Muhaimin reminded the survey result
before the general election of 2009 where it was said that the electability
of PBM was just 1 percent. But the reality, PKB obtained voice about
five percent. According to him, it happened because the surveyor
didn’t reach mass communities of PKB in the village. According to the
Democratic Governance|
45
Part One: Local Politics and Election
Abdurrahman Wahid’s nephew, the survey didn’t reach our constituent.
That survey can be received but we don’t need to worry because it was
just sampling, it was said by Muhaimin Iskandar or Cak Imin.
It’s not far different from PKB, Secretary-General of PPP
Romahurmuzy clarified that the use of the survey results now days to
predict the voice getting of the 2014 general election is the big mistake.
The Secretary-General of PPP, usually called Romi, said that the survey
is like the thermometer which is just able to predict by the time sampling
held. Even, the survey can be invalid in a week when there is another
factor influencing the general election. Romi explained that there are
four factors influencing the vote of the political party, those are the
characteristic figures, rooted structure, massif maneuver, and sufficient
logistic. The survey of LSI is just able to portrait figure and logistic
factors. Whereas the second and third factors are just the operational
by the time the election is held so it’s always forgotten by the surveyor
to include in the analysis, like what was said by the younger sister of the
former Chief of PBNU, Mohammad Fajrul Falaakh, in Jakarta.
Meanwhile,the secretary-general of the Islamic Follower Forum
(FUI) KHMuhammad Al Khaththath suggested to the Islamic political
parties to not believe the survey result released by some survey
institutions related to the electability of the political party of Islam. He
also gave suggestion, at the same time for the Islamic political party
to increase its electability. Al Khatat said, “I suggest in order for the
Islamic political party to carry Syariah Presidential Candidate, God
Willing, the support from the Islamic society will come,” said by
Ustadz Al Khaththath when he was asked for his argument about the
survey result of LSI Network showing continuously the decrease of the
electability of the Islamic political party.
The idea of the Syariah Presidential Candidate is in the frame of
the State Union of Indonesian Republic of syariah. It’s now campaigned
massively by Islamic Follower Forum (FUI) together with the social
organization of Islam. Even the volunteer of the syariah presidential
candidate moving in the grassroots has been formed. It’s said that FUI
and FPI have thousand of members, Ustadz Al Khaththah said further
so the chance to win the Islamic political party is big enough. At the
46 |Democratic Governance
Zuly Qodir. The Voice of...
same time, Ustadz Al Khaththath recommended to the Islamic political
party to show the ideological identity and the clear the line of its
struggle, namely for the State Union of Indonesian Republic of syariah.
He also asked for the Islamic political party to not believe the
theory saying that the voters tend to be moderate. Said Al Khatat, “the
Islamic party may not make bluer its ideology; the ideology and the
struggle must be explicit (clear). Because if all are moderate, what is the
Islamic political for?”.
SUPPORTING FACTOR OF THE RESURGENCE OF THE
POLITICAL ISLAM
Delving into the less Islamic figure and loss of electability of them
than the secular figures, Ustadz Al Khaththath can understand it well.
It’s because, so far, the media just raises and promotes the secular
figures. Besides that, the existence of the survey institution is designed
to give advantage of the secular figures. Al Khaththath said that actually
we have many figures having the capacity to be the president. One of
them, now discussed massively, is Habib Rizieq Syihab, the General
Chief of Front of Islamic Protector.
The resurgence of Islam seemingly gets support directly from
Habib Rizieq’s suggestion for the Islamic party. The General Chief of
FPI, Habib Rizieq Syihab, in his book Hancurkan Liberalism, Tegakkan
Syariat Islam, gives some suggestions for the Islamic parties. Here is
quoted by Habib Rizieq. “It’s explained that in the General Election of
1955, the voice of the Islamic party represented by Masyumi and NU
Party obtained, each, 57 and 47 chairs from 257 chairs totally in the
Parliament, or each of them obtained 20percent and 18.4 percent of
the total vote. And in the next elections, the combination voice of the
Islamic party never obtains better than the vote obtained in the 1955
election. Even the vote of the Islamic politic gets less and less. The
small voice of the Islamic party in each election in Indonesia could be
caused by the violation (injustice) in holding election by the New Order
regime, where it has been the general understanding of the society.
However, it could be also that the Islamic party was not interested, so
the electability of the Islamic party was very low.”
Democratic Governance|
47
Part One: Local Politics and Election
Even if there is, lately, a kind of “motion not to believe” from the
people toward the Islamic politic, so there is the push to build the
Islamic party which becomes the really Islamic politics. However,
if it’s viewed well, the main factor making Islamic society (ummah)
disappointed is in the gap of the different understanding and mindset
between the political party and Islamic society in the grassroots. The
political party focuses more on “law” (political ijtihad) whereas the
people in the grassroots concern more on the “ethic.”
What is the difference between law and ethic? As an illustration,
if the Ulama (Islamic Scholars) with his attribute as the scholar of
Islam has safari (religious travelling) in Ramadhan then had lunch in a
restaurant, he, based on law, is not guilty because the musafir (traveler)
may not fast, but ethically, it’s difficult to receive because the scholar of
Islam is the pattern.
Many kinds of attitude and movement of the Islamic political party
witnessed by society in the grassroots have made restiveness in the
middle of the society’s life as the biggest voters of the Islamic party. The
restiveness as the reflection of the different interpretation of the law and
ethics between the political party and society in the grassroots in some
events, as following:
First, when some Islamic mass organizations and Islamic political
parties are fighting to return Jakarta Charter in the Parliament, there
are, in the contrary, Islamic parties trying to cut it with the argument
of fighting for Madinah Charter. And some elites of the other Islamic
political parties gave statements that Jakarta Charter is the part of the
past, and the others saying that the amendment of the basic Law of
1945 has been final. As the political ijtihad, it doesn’t have any problem
but ethically it makes society confused.
Second, when some Islamic parties have agreed to make an
Islamic fraction in the House of Representatives/People’s Consultative
Council of Indonesia as the representation of the brotherhood and
unity, suddenly there is the Islamic party preferring to make coalition
with the other political party by the reason of reformation. From the
political ijtihad, it can be explained but ethically it makes society in the
grassroots shocked.
48 |Democratic Governance
Zuly Qodir. The Voice of...
Third, some Islamic political parties, when they campaigned,
shouted to prohibit the president from the woman, but when they
must have overthrown the man president by the consequence the
woman president took the position, they did it with the argument of
the “dangerous” situation. Whereas they had alternatives to struggle
for the general election again, but, in fact, there was no formulation
of struggle for that alternative. They were even involved in the power
sharing with a woman president whom they prohibited before. As the
political ijtihad, it could be understood, but ethically it was so difficult
to be received by the society in the grassroots.
Fourth, some Islamic political parties, when they campaigned,
made commitment that they would just propose the Muslim legislative
candidate, but the reality they nominated non-Muslim legislative
candidate in some regions by the reason that there was no choice
because of the non-Muslim majority in that region, while there were
some Muslim that could be nominated in the region. As the political
ijtihad, it could be discussed, but ethically it was so difficult to be
received by the society in the grassroots.
Fifth, there is senior woman politician from the Islamic political
party who never wears muslimah clothing as should be, it’s enough for
her to wear kebaya and veil, her argument is that Islam may not be
forced and it needs process in implementing it. The most important
thing is politeness. As the political ijtihad, it’s debatable, but ethically it
was so difficult to be understood by the society in the grassroots.
Sixth, there is the elite of the Islamic political party whose wife
doesn’t wear veil and it’s exposed in public. The reason is in the
process of asking for Islam (dakwah). As the political ijtihad, it can be
understood as long as asking for Islam runs always, but ethically it was
so difficult to be understood by the society in the grassroots.
Seventh, when some Islamic mass organizations and Islamic
political parties fought for dispersal of Ahmadiyah, some Islamic
political parties appeared not having spirit for that, but just giving
statement in the social media, or sending letter to the President silently,
without having real concrete action. There was even an Islamic political
party which didn’t participate in the action of one million people for
Democratic Governance|
49
Part One: Local Politics and Election
dispersal of Ahmadiyah, but were just showing flag and banner and
also giving pamphlets. Ironically, there was leader of the Islamic
political party who defended Ahmadiyah from the dispersal. As the
political ijtihad, it could be understood as the strategy, but ethically it
hurt Muslim community (ummah).
Eighth, when some Islamic mass organizations which were not pro
with Ahmadiyah and pro with the Draft of Law of APP faced openly with
Nationhood Alliance for the Freedom of Belief and Having Religion
(AKKBB) which was pro with Ahmadiyah and not with the Draft of
Law of APP, there was even an Islamic party giving appreciation for
some figures of AKKBB.
Ninth, when there is the interest of the political party which was
made to suffer a financial loss or there is the political party agenda
which must be promoted, there will be the Islamic political party doing
a demonstration with hundred thousands of people, however when
there is the people’s interest or the important agenda of the ummah
(people) which must be promoted, the political party, even, is reluctant
to mobilize its mass with the reason that it is not its agenda. As the
political ijtihad, it can be understood because there are political norms,
but ethically it’s disappointing for the people in the grassroots.
Tenth, when some Islamic mass organizations need to deliver
their aspiration through the House of Representative, occasionally they
have difficulty to meet their friends from the Islamic political party,
even any of the Islamic political party doesn’t want to meet due to
assumption that they are not “part of them”. Whereas, the Islamic mass
organizations are the biggest voice suppliers of the Islamic political
parties in the general election. This is not the only thing which can’t be
received by Muslim society.
Besides that, it’s added by some behaviors of the politicians from the
Islamic political parties suspected of doing corruption, pornography,
sexual case, and the like.
Habib Rizieq said: “I ask all the elites of the Islamic political parties
to see ‘people’s understanding’ which is unadorned and opened about
‘Islamic political ethics’ in order, in the future, the Islamic party can
put its self as the container of the Muslim political aspiration.” The
50 |Democratic Governance
Zuly Qodir. The Voice of...
ten points that I explored above are just the small part of the problem
involving some Islamic political parties. There are many problems
in the ground which need to be seen accurately and we need to find
solution for the development of the Islamic party optimally in order to
get victory maximally.
There must be a synergy among the Islamic party, and it will be better
if they can be united in the future so there will be just one Islamic political
party. The Islamic mass organization may vary, but not for the Islamic
political party because Islamic mass organization is just focused on social
activity without touching the power, whereas the Islamic political party
involves in the politics of power. The Islamic mass organization doesn’t
join the elections, but the Islamic political party joins. By that way, Muslim
society is not burdened to choose the Islamic mass organization, but they
are burdened to choose the Islamic party.
Even if the Islamic political parties can’t be united, at least they
can build just one Islamic Fraction in Parliament accommodating all
the Islamic party. If they remain disunited, they, at least, can make
synergy among the Islamic parties. The point, the variations of the
Islamic political party may not be the reason of the dissension of the
politic of Islam, but it must be the part of the role description and task
in reaching the political victory for the Islamic people.
And the Islamic mass organizations should cooperate together for
the empowerment and increased winnability of the Islamic political
party. And I believe, Islamic mass organizations cooperation will be
done sincerely if the Islamic political party can play its role as the true
Islamic political party and consistent in the way for God. Remember,
the true Islamic political party just tries to find God’s blessing, so
chairpersonship and power is not the aim. It’s just the way to reach
God’s blessing. May God, Allah SWT, unites the Muslim people in
upholding His law, and gives power for the strugglers of His religion,
and always blesses them with the real victory.
Now, the legislative election has been held with the permanent vote
result won by the party which is not based on the certain religion, even
though it’s difficult to say that, in Indonesia, there is no victory for the
Islamic party. What we can see is the victory of the political party based
Democratic Governance|
51
Part One: Local Politics and Election
on Islamic mass because all battled for vote of Islam whose popularity
is about 88,7% of the Indonesian popularity. Either PDIP, Democrat
Party, Golkar, Nasdem, Gerindra, Hanura, or PAN and PKBeven
PKS, PPPand PKS. All battled for the mass named Indonesian Islamic
citizens.
THE FUTURE OF INDONESIAN ISLAM
If we believe the existance of the Islamic movement which I have
described above, there will be a dialogue/dialectic in Islam in Indonesia.
Who will get the proper ’place’ in Indonesia are those who can present
Islam suitable to the Indonesian context. The way of being Islam which
can give response fairly in the theology, politics, economy, and cultural
sectors will be part of the Islamic people of Indonesia.
Nowadays, indeed, we see the extreme community being glorious
because the governing regime doesn’t make explicit boundaries of the
existance of the Islamic community where in its own origin state is
forbidden, such as Hizbut Tahrir of Indonesia, also the other Islamic
community preferring coertion in running its activity to get the target
of Islam.
If the positive law is upheld seriously, social imbalances related to
unfairness, stupidity and human rights violations are erased. I think that
there is no place anymore for the extremely islamic community because
the mainstreaming of the Indonesian Islam is the moderate Islam which
we see from Muhammadiyah and NU. So, it’s important for us to support
both of these two organizations to move continuously in the form of its
moderation, not the fundamental one. If this one can be done by NU and
Muhammadiyah, I hope that the Islam of Indonesia will have a polite and
humble face, and has vision of humanity and rahmatan lil alamin.
Some islamic formats existing in Indonesia really give contribution
of explaining for us, the Islamic people of Indonesia, Christian, and on
other religions in Indonesia, even the Muslim people in the world have
various islamic formats existing. If referring to Jurgen Hubermas, those
are the groups competing about the public space of sphere becoming
the space of quarrel among the people in Indonesia and in the world.
All offer something in the public sphere with some manners and all
52 |Democratic Governance
Zuly Qodir. The Voice of...
battle for winning the quarrel. All decorate in their own languages and
agendas. So, it’s right if Hubermas, then, said that the public spehre
is the very tightly contestation area of many interests, including the
interest of the religions, of course beside the political interest.
The interest of the religions and politic is always angular because
religion and politics, actually, can be distinguished but both can’t be
separated. Secularization is the most contemporary formulation to tell
the importance of distinguishing which one is the religious business and
which one is the political business, but in the religion and also in the
politics there are always acts of slicing, not separating. This one is always
understood wrongly by most of people that secularization is exactly the
same as omitting religion in the public sphere. It’s not like that at all because
wherever it is, the public sphere will always have relations with the values
and one of them is the religion. So, actually Indonesia has been in the
position, in my opinion, where none of the religion is the political basis or
philosophy but the religious value, in this case Islam and the big religions,
gives positive and substantial contribution of the statehood.
It political public sphere is clearly different from the construction
understood so far that religion and state are separated of their role,
so it’s the same as “omitting religion from the State”. Actually, what
happens is overtaking substantial values of the religion and giving
these as contribution for the sake of the changes in the economic,
politics, law and cultural system in a state. If, in this state, it must be
forced to implement one of the religions developing and dominant, it’s
possible for Indonesia to be torn to pieces by the political interest of the
religious people. The religious people will make the dominant religion
as the ‘forcer of the other religions’, so what will happen is, I call it, the
deviation of the God’s destiny of Indonesia which is pluralist and not
the religious state, but religious society have been running for hundred
years, since the archipelago had not been called Indonesia and have
given freedom to the young generation, Soekarno-Hatta and Sutan
Syahrir together with the other young generations.
In the context of the public sphere contestation in Indonesia by the
religious community (Islamic) in Indonesia right now, it will be easy
and clear for us to find the Islamic group trying to offer some variety
Democratic Governance|
53
Part One: Local Politics and Election
of Islam as I explored before. Even, lately, variety of the popular Islam
decorated in Islam of the movie model, the religious proselytizing
through the television by presenting ‘carbide’ clergy (Islamic scholar)
and celebrity is the real form of serious competition with the militant
and progressive Islamic. Variety of the popular Islam seemingly gets
serious support from the media of television and celebrity Islamic
scholar created by the media, whereas the variety of the progressive
Islam doesn’t get significant support from the media. Even though, if
we may say, the variety of the popular Islam is the kind of the Islamic
narrowing and hypnotizing of the young generation of the Muslim so
the Muslim people are ‘lazy’, they don’t embrace Islam in prophetic
tradition understanding and fighting for the weak people (mustadafin).
Who will win the competition in the public sphere of Indonesia
in offering Islamic color? In my opinion, it depends on how they get
public support (such as the Islamic society, Islamic Boarding School,
Mass organization of the Moderate Islam may not be forgotten). The
media support to receive their interest more than the interest of the
Islamic society. However, the media has central position in promoting
Islam in Indonesia. We will witness the development of the dynamically
Islamic format of Indonesia in the future.
CONCLUSION
Seeing the development of the contemporary Indonesian Islam
such as that I have explained earlier, we see that Islam of Indonesia is
very pluralist in its model (configuration). So, it is difficult to say the
homogeneous form of the Islam in Indonesia. Islam of Indonesia is the
plurality and the unique Islam, it’s said by John L. Esposito, the Islamist
from Georgetown University of America, when he visited Indonesia in
the late of 2010.
So, the plurality of the configuration of the Indonesian Islam
which can be traced and is asked, why does it happen? Some experts
such as William Shepartz say that the plurality of the configuration of
the Indonesian Islam is caused by the background influencing someone
in embracing Islam. The background of education, reading accessed,
friendship, history, and even one’s psychology will have influence on
the configuration of Islam embraced.
54 |Democratic Governance
Zuly Qodir. The Voice of...
Of course, it can be the longer series again about Islamic conjuration
of Indonesia, but as the “picture” some Islamic configuration of
Indonesia can explain that Indonesian political Islam has many
significant changes. There are many influencing factors on the national
politics in general. On which kind of Islam will be the sect (madzhab)
in Indonesia will be decided by the social, political, economic, cultural,
and psychological condition of the Islamic society of Indonesia.
Beside those external factors, such as the resurgence of Islam in the
other states such as Middle East, specifically, and Europe and America
in general, give new energy of the Indonesian Islam to develop. Besides
that, considering the internal factor of the Indonesian Islam can give
precise description to see the configuration of Islam in Indonesia in the
future. Political Islam is different from the cultural Islamic movement,
even though the cultural Islamic movement has influence on the
national political condition, even the international world.
From the brief explanation above, there is the note that I want
to convey that the Islamism phenomenon of the Islamic movement
resulted due to the imbalance of the social, economic, and political
conditions of the Islamic community, beside the political euphoria of
the autonomy faced by this state. So, I think the future of the Islamic
society of Indonesia, indeed, depends on the moderate Islamic
movement, including the liberal activist of Islam in order to be polite
in interviewing or having rhetoric toward the public, by prioritizing
more the real problems faced by the Islamic society of Indonesia than
presenting the abstract problems, which can’t be reached by people. In
such as that situation, the Islamic society needs Islam that can answer
the real problem in Indonesia.
In the future, Islam in Indonesia is the burden for Muhammadiyah
and NU as the most popular Islamic civil organization and believed by
the society. Muhammadiyah and NU have culture and assets which can
survive continuously in facing the threat of radicalism wave happening
in some states, including in the Indonesian Islam.
As the big religious mass organization, it is deserved if the Islamic
people, even the non-Muslim hope much for Muhammadiyah and
NU. This indicates that most of the citizen still believe religious mass
Democratic Governance|
55
Part One: Local Politics and Election
organization (Islam) and don’t believe the organization beyond the
religious mass organization. Most of the members of the society don’t
believe political parties or parliament. Shortly, religious organization
still have place in the heart of the society. Why does the society have
much hope on Muhammadiyah and NU? That question, indirectly,
becomes the “moral burden” for Muhammadiyah and NU, but clearly
both of these organizations have credibility in front of the society.
REFERENCES
Abdullah, M. Amin. 2006. Dinamika Islam Kultural, Mizan, Bandung
Azra, Azyumardi. 2001. Pergolakan Politik Islam, Paramadina, Jakarta
----------------------. 2004. Islam Substantif, Mizan, Bandung 2004
----------------------, 2007.Islam, Democracy and Civil Society, ICIP
Jakarta
Effendy, Djohan. 2010.Pembaruan tanpa Menabrak Tradisi, Kompas.
---------------------. 2008A Renewal without Breaking Tradition,
Interfidei, Yogyakarta
Hardiman, F Budi. 2010, Ruang Publik, Kanisius, Jogjakarta
Shepartz, William.2007. Islamic Formulation in Twenty Century, IB.
Tardis, India,
Wahid, Abdurrahman. 2008. Islamku, Islam Anda dan Islam Kita, The
Wahid Institute, Jakarta
Qodir, Zuly, 2006. Pembaruan Pemikiran Islam, Pustaka Pelajar.
Maarif, Ahmad Syafii. 1987. Islam dan Masalah Tata Negara, LP3ES,
Jakarta
--------------------------. 2009.Islam Keindonesiaan dan Kemanusiaan,
Mizan, Bandung
Safi, Omit. 2008. Progresive Muslim, Pusat Bahasa Malaysia, Kuala
Lumpur
56 |Democratic Governance
THE FACTORS DETERMINING VOTER’S
PARTICIPATION IN BANTUL REGENCY ELECTIONS
Suranto*, Tunjung Sulaksono and Awang Darumurti**
* Master of Government Affairs and Administration
**Lecturer, Department of Government Affairs and Administration
Universitas Muhammadiyah Yogyakarta
E-mail: mas_tunjung@yahoo.com
Abstract
Election is an important element of democracy. As a consequence of
a democracy, post-New Order Indonesia held four legislative elections
regularly that were held in 1999, 2004, 2009, and 2014 and presidential
elections in 2004, 2009, and 2014. In order to strengthen the legitimacy
of local government head, Indonesia also held direct local executive
election since 2005 onward. World have nevertheless admitted that
the first Post-New Order 1999 was a peaceful, fair and free election, and
had met the global democracy standards with an impressive voter’s
participation, reaching 92.7 percent of voter’s turnout. The subsequent
elections also performed alike, strengthen assumption that of Indonesia
has remarkably succeeded in making a democratic leap(Soebagio,
2008). Unfortunately, election in Indonesia still faces challenges to
tackle, which one of those is the decline in voter’s participation. But in
the middle of national trend, Bantul booked an anomaly. Participation
level in Bantul also always higher compared to the national average.
Nevertheless Bantul still face a problem of participation discrepancy.
For instance, Triwidadi village booked 87.7 percent voter’s turn out
in 2014 legislative election, but in Banguntapan village only booked
74.3 percent of participation within the election. Considering the fact,
it is important to figure out factors influencing electoral participation
among the Bantulese. By identifying the factors we might draw a
certain pattern that could be a recommendation to the Bantul electoral
commission to develop a right policy. The factors determining high
level of voter’s participation in Bantul Regency are as follows: (1) political
affiliation of closest relations; (2) participation stimulus; (3) tight social
control; (4) voter’s mobilization; (5) The concern of societal institution.
Meanwhile the factors hamper voter’s participation are as follows: (1)
The saturation of voters toward elections; (2) Less-frequent and lessinnovative socialization; (3) less-accurate voter data gathering; (4) the
lack of social bond and control; (5) pragmatism.
Keywords: Voter participation, Bantul Regency, determinant factors,
election local
57
Part One: Local Politics and Election
INTRODUCTION
Election is one of the most important elements of democracy.
Regarding democratic theories, election is the main indicator to
measure the quality of democracy (Dahl, 1971:3; Schumpeter,
1976:260; Nielsen, 1991:5). As a consequence of democracy adopted by
Indonesia, after New Order, there were four times of general election of
legislative branches of government that had been conducted regularly
every five years those were in 1999, 2004, 2009 and 2014. Furthermore,
to emphasize and strengthen the presidential system, Indonesia also
introduced presidential elections in 2004, 2009 and 2014. For the
similar excuse, direct election to choose governors and regents had also
been conducted since 2005 onward.
Even though there were facts concerning weaknesses of those
political events, the majority of international communities recognized
and admired that Indonesian election in 1999, as the first election in
reform period, was praised as honest, fair, and peaceful election with
the high numbers of political participants reaching 92.7 percent, and
had met the requirements of global democratic standards. Subsequent
elections also booked similar achievements. Based on those facts, it
could be summarized that Indonesia has been switched significantly
from authoritarianism to democratic political system (Soebagio, 2008).
Perceived from historical perspective, actually participation in the
whole of Indonesian electoral history hid many obstacles in terms of the
fact that there is an indication of voter’s turn out decrease, remembering
that election is the key factor of people sovereignty. When there are
more voters in the election, there is an indication that people really
aware and acknowledge their rights. On the contrary, if less people
participate in an election, it indicated that people are less appreciative
and less supportive to governmental and political issues. Voter’s
participation in Indonesia since 1999 election to 2014 election moved
fluctuatively. In legislative elections, voter’s turnout decreased about 10
percent consistently until 2009 election. Meanwhile in 2014 election
voter’s turnout increased by 5 percent. In presidential elections, 2014
election booked fewer voters turn out compared to legislative election,
which were the first time in history.
58 |Democratic Governance
Suranto, Tunjung S., Awang D. The Factors Determining...
Although participation level in those elections measured by
voter’s turnout in Bantul booked an increase, actually there was a
problem of discrepancies between one district and another. As an
example, in the Triwidadi Village, the District of Pajangan, its voter’s
turn out booked 87.7 percent while in the Banguntapan Village, the
District of Banguntapan and voter’s turnout only reached 74.3 percent.
Discrepancies also can be found between villages within a district.
Based on those facts, it is important to conduct a research concerning
factors influencing participation of the people in elections in Bantul
Regency, therefore from the research findings it could be drawn a certain
pattern that could be a recommendation for Bantul electoral committee
to formulate a policy enhancing public participation ino election. By
considering the problem setting mentioned earlier, the research question is
what factors influence voter’s participation in Bantul elections?
THEORICAL FRAMEWORK
Election and Democracy
Election is an important feature of people sovereignty, therefore
almost impossible to find a democratic entity without a regular, fair, and
systematic election. Based on that postulate, election also assumed to be
the most important indicator within democracy. The quality of an election
held by a democracy determines the quality of democracy itself (Hendrik,
2010). Election in democracies is one of the means to peacefully rotate
power based on the constitutional arrangements. Some principal values
of election which meet constitutional arrangements are a government that
based on people sovereignty that mean every citizen have rights to actively
involved in a decision-making process, public policy, and determining
their political as well as public officers. Election is both an institutional
and a political practice as well, enabling a manifestation of a representative
government. By taking a part in election, people as individuals have rights
to choose or to be chosen as political leader or his or her representatives.
Election is an ideal portrait of a democratic government in modern ages.
In Indonesia, election is a political mechanism held regularly in every
five years to choose legislative members and the executives. There are four
kinds of elected legislatives to be chosen through party candidacy; those
Democratic Governance|
59
Part One: Local Politics and Election
are for regency/city level called DPRD Kabupaten/Kota, for provincial level
called DPRD Provinsi, and for national level called DPR RI. Beside the house
of representative members, Indonesians also vote for their 34 provincial
representative members called DPD as a consequence of bicameralism in
Indonesia parliamentary system. Furthermore, since 2004 Indonesians also
directly vote for their Presidents as well as for their local leader in regency/
city (regent/mayor) and provincial leader (governor). Those vast rights of
the people to determine their own leaders and representatives cannot be
separated from Indonesian reform in 1998 following the Soeharto’s regime
dismissal. It was an impressive and significant chance and achievement
remembering how the regime marginalized and obviously limited public
rights and participation into political realms. Public participation was
limited and just took a form of mass mobilization for the sake of sustaining
the power (Hendrik, 2010).
Political Participation
According to Ramlan Surbakti, political participation is an ordinary
phenomenon of citizen’s taking part in determining decisions influencing
his or her life. Meanwhile Michael Rush and Philip Althof suggested that
political participation is an organized attempt by citizens to choose their
leaders and to influence the formulation and implementation of public
policy. Political participation as a manifestation of people’s sovereignty is
a fundamental element of democracy and determines how the democratic
wheels move on regularly. If more people participate, the political
development of that political entity will be running well. In the contrary,
if less people participate, the political development of that political entity
will be disrupted. Public participation is essential within the democratic
political system. That’s why the degree of political participation by the
people within an election is an important thing to elaborate.
Political participation in democracies is actually the rights of its
people. Anyway, to be positioned as a right political participation opens
an opportunity to be neglected by the citizens for many reasons. Some
scholars suggested there are factors influencing people to participate or
not within political process, as well as in an election. Those factors are:
1. Social and economical status
Social status is somebody’s position within social stratification
determined by his or her blood, education, and occupation, meanwhile
60 |Democratic Governance
Suranto, Tunjung S., Awang D. The Factors Determining...
economic status is somebody’s position within societal stratification
based on his or her wealth. Surbakti suggested that the more high
somebody’s position in those stratification, the more high somebody’s
concern and interest toward politics (Surbakti, 1992).
2. Political situation
Ramlan Surbakti also suggested that political situation also influences
participation. Political situation refers to a circumstance which influences
directly political actors such as weather, family, spatial condition, group
condition, and threat. A relatively conducive situation will encourage actor
to participate (Surbakti, 1992).
3. Political affiliation of closest relatives
Affiliations mean that somebody has joined into a certain group
or a collectivity. Political affiliation could be formulated as somebody’s
membership done by individual or groups involved in certain political
streams or ideology. Political affiliation encourages people to grow
their political maturity and awareness in using their rights freely but
responsible by their political activity such as to be a member of political
party, in government, and in a decision making process and policy
implementation (Surbakti, 1992).
Political Awareness
Being aware of their rights and obligations as a citizen in a
democratic regime will affect somebody to participate. The awareness
includes his or her knowledge on political and social environment, and
regarding somebody’s concern toward those environments where he or
she lives (Hendrik, 2010).
Participation Stimulant
Media role in socializing elections is a crucial factor that
influences people to participate (Hendrik, 2010). Parallel with media
role is of course electoral committee’s role in socializing technical and
substantive issues toward future voters. Well-informed voters will of
course enhance the quantity and the quality of an election. Beside those
actors, informal activity concerning politics through discussion about
the track record of candidates will contribute positively toward public
participation.
Democratic Governance|
61
Part One: Local Politics and Election
RESEARCH METHODS
Research Design
This research was conducted in a qualitative design. Qualitative
approach is a process of examining and understanding based on
methodology investigating social phenomena and problems. In this
design researcher made a complex picture, examined words, detailed
report of respondent’s perception and studied the occurred situation
(Creswell, 1998:15). Meanwhile Bogdan and Taylor (Moleong, 2007:3)
suggested that qualitative method is a research procedure resulting
to descriptive data manifested in written words or orally spoken
from people and observed behaviour.To comprehend the degree of
participation in Bantul elections, researchers needed to deeply analyze
the phenomenon. Researchers needed to identify how high as the
participation degree and then elaborate what factors constituted the
founded facts based on theoretical framework.
Collecting Data Methods
This research used three methods of data collecting included interview,
documentary report and focused group discussion. Interview was used in
this research to re check the information gained. The interview technic
employed in this research was indepth interview, a process of obtaining
information based on research goals by a face to face meeting between
interviewer and informants by using an interview guide. Informants of this
research are people in the research location that had been identified as having
ability to answers the questions and having relatively broad knowledge
about the research questions. As a huge number of data is codified into
documentary reports, especially related to participation percentage and
distribution of votes, this research also employed documentary data
collecting. There were reports and notes concerning those issues that had
been checked and studied. Finally, to cross check the preliminary research
findings, researchers also held a focused group discussion, by inviting
electoral stakeholders in Bantul regency and relevant actors perceived to
be contributive confirm research findings.
RESULT AND DISCUSSION
The location of this research is Bantul Regency, with a rationale
that has already been discussed earlier. Bantul which is consisted of
62 |Democratic Governance
Suranto, Tunjung S., Awang D. The Factors Determining...
17 districts and 75 villages is classified into three specified area: urban,
hilly (mountaineous), and coastal areas. For that reason there are three
districts involved in this research. The first is Banguntapan district.
Banguntapan represented an urban type of district in Bantul. It recorded
the lowest degree of participation in legislative election 2014 compared
to other districts. There are two villages in Banguntapan included in
this research to represent highest and lowest participation level, those
are Banguntapan village which represents lowest level of participation
and Jambidan Village which represents the highest level in the
district. The second district is Sanden. Sanden represented the coastal
districts of Bantul. Two villages in the district involved in this research
are Gadingsari which represented the lowest level of participation
meanwhile Gadingharjo represented the highest level of participation
in the district. Imogiri is the third. Imogiri represented a hilly district
in Bantul. Villages taken into account of this district are Sriharjo which
represented the lowest level of participation and Imogiri village which
represented the highest level of participation of the district.
Factors Determining the Low Level of Participation
Banguntapan village is a village with the highest popular density in
whole Bantul. Because of its demographic density, there are a lot of ballot
booths in the village that gave excess loads to local electoral committees
to act their role in socializing electoral events. This issue also limited
their span of control and spans of socialization that in turn producing
less informed voters. Banguntapan village was also characterized
by a high degree of popular mobility since there are migrants from
surrounding regions. Majority of its population are not natives of the
district which produces a more heterogeneous community. It also
characterized by many of them who work outside the district or even
outside the Bantul regency.
Those demographic characteristics affect the nature of social
relations and engagements between its inhabitants. There were less
social bonds that created a communal mechanism to participate.
Moreover, in the matter of candidate proximity, it results in less popular
or less acknowledged candidates by the population. It also produces a
less social and emotional engagement between the population and the
Democratic Governance|
63
Part One: Local Politics and Election
candidates. Less social bonds were also manifested in Gadingsari. As a
fisherman’s village, they rarely got opportunity to meet in social forums
and events because almost their whole day was spent off shore. This
relatively weak social bond amongst Gadingsari villagers discourage
them from developing a social mechanism potential to remind each
other for attending and participating in elections. There is no “social
punishment” when someone did not go to the voting booth.
As a village with a high level of education of its inhabitants, Banguntapan
village is considered to be an example of rational voters, giving them a
relatively high ability to access quality of candidates running for election.
But in reality, it resulted in low level of participation as an impact of public
distrust to too much promises from the candidates. Rationality also created
such saturation to Banguntapan villagers toward so many elections that
they should to be involved in. It was the effect of less benefitting elections
to the villagers. They evaluated that there were no meaningful advantages
in participating to the elections. As a consequence, many of them opted
to stay in their workplaces rather than casting their votes in ballot booths,
turning their rationality to pragmatism.
Such a problem of pragmatism was also manifested in Gadingsari
village, district of Sanden, which many of its habitants are fishermen.
They calculated and compared the benefit of casting vote with their
daily wage. Since they could not find the benefit of elections for their
life they chose to stay at the sea rather than cast their votes, something
they perceive more promising for their life. As well as in Gadingsari, the
kind of calculation was also found in Sriharjo. The villagers perceived
elections as merely a matter of economic advantage and disadvantage.
Since they are rarely able to find benefit from elections for their
social and economical life, they frequently choose to work, in spite of
attending elections. Added by less innovative methods of socialization
and less frequent socialization delivered by electoral committees, less
people were attracted to cast their votes in Sriharjo.
As an exaggerating factor, there was a problem of electoral administration data adjustment in the Banguntapan village also. Since there
was a highly dynamic demographic record, voter’s data in the village
is susceptible of maladministration issues affecting low level of voter’s
64 |Democratic Governance
Suranto, Tunjung S., Awang D. The Factors Determining...
turn out in elections. Its population high mobility also complicated local
electoral committee to hold a more frequent meeting to socialize electoral
events toward Banguntapanese. Less frequent socialization also happened
in Gadingsari. As many of its inhabitants are fishermen, it took their whole
day off shore. This popular characteristic disabled them to frequently
meet one another or to be gathered in social meetings. Because of this
occupational characteristic, electoral committee failed to reach them for
massive electoral socializations that in turn created less informative and
relatively apathetical voters. The kind of issue also found in Sriharjo,
although it was not caused by a demographic dynamics as well as in
Banguntapan. The issue is more of an effect of less technical skill of local
electoral ad hoc committees rather than demographic problems. As a
result, voter’s data determining who has and has not a right to vote was
not arranged in a proper way. This had in turn prevented somebody who
should have a right to attending the elections.
Factors Determining High Level of Participation
Contrary to its counterpart Banguntapan village, Jambidan
village booked the highest level of participation in the district of
Banguntapan. The demographics data shows that its dynamics is not as
high as its counterpart. There are more natives in Jambidan compared
to Banguntapan village. Those characteristics produced a relatively
high proximity between Jambidan people with some candidates; it
motivated more voters to cast their votes compared to Banguntapan
village. Moreover, one of the candidates ran for legislative election was
their former chief, which added more villagers to cast their votes. As
a homogeneous community and less mobile people, there develops
a high social bond between its inhabitants, which resulted to a tight
social control amongst them. Someone who opted to cast his or her
votes would be considered as “abnormal” or at least “unusual” by others.
Since there is a social bond, political affiliation of closest relatives
and neighbors also influence someone’s perception toward elections.
What had been decided and became the political choice of its local
leader might have influenced people’s decision to attend the elections.
Furthermore, local leaders’ party sometimes becomes a reference for
people to choose for the same party. Related to social bonds manifested,
one specific research finding in Jambidan is about people’s perception
Democratic Governance|
65
Part One: Local Politics and Election
toward elections. Jambidanese perceived participating in elections as
an obligation rather than a right, affecting its high percentage of voter’s
turn out compared to its counterpart, Banguntapan.
As less mobile communities, it opened more opportunities for its
residences to hold many social events in Jambidan as well as in Imogiri
and Gadingharjo. When they gathered in regular or irregular, formal or
informal meetings, they also gave opportunity to local electoral committees
to join and be involved in socializing election to the villagers. Because of
this relatively intensive socialization, more voters in those three villages
understood specific issues in elections and were more informed about
candidates that are going to represent them. Involvement of local leaders
of the community groups such as RT and Dukuh within local electoral
committees influenced more people to participate in elections. In turn, this
will affect the degree of voters turn out in those three villages compared
to their counterparts in a positive manner. Population density in hilly and
coastal districts such as Imogiri and Sanden gives a specific advantage
toward participation. There were more little number of ballot booths
compared to a high density district such as Banguntapan. This influences
the manageability of elections Imogiri and Sanden since the local electoral
committees were able to perform better and reach their responsibility more
deeply. More intensiveness and more intensity of socialization contributed
to more voters in those districts.
Participation stimulants still also played a significant role as incentives
in participation. Issues of money politics still became a hot issue in Bantul
for general. As a homogenous community, it opens an opportunity to
organize Jambidan people in a collective political pragmatism. Head of
community groups such as the Dukuh and the Head of RT mobilized
people under their supervision to cast their votes for a certain candidates,
affecting high degree of participation in general. As a trade off, certain
candidates provided those communities public or social infrastructures.
More advantage of being less mobile was also met by Imogiri and
Gadingharjo villagers in a matter of high participation degree. Since
they were rarely mobile to another region, there developed a simpler
demographic dynamics compared to the urban characteristics of villages
such as Banguntapan. Moreover, just few migrants enter these villages. This
simple demographic profile resulted in a relatively simplified sustainable
66 |Democratic Governance
Suranto, Tunjung S., Awang D. The Factors Determining...
data correction that should be applied by local electoral committees.
Because of this circumstance, there were just a few problems stemming
from the demographic matters and resulted to a more accurate voter’s
data. This accuracy had in turn produced a higher voter’s turnout. The
whole research findings, discussing factors that discourage and encourage
participation in Bantul could be summarized into a table as follows.
Tabel 1.4.Research Findings
District
Village
Determinant Factors
Banguntapan
(Low Level of Participation)
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
Jambidan
(High Level of Participation)
1) Majorityof population perceived
elections as an obligation, not a
rights as it should be
2) Less mobile inhabitants
3) Political affiliation of closest relative
Gadingsari
(Low Level of Participation)
1) High mobility of its inhabitants
2) Pragmatic people
3) The intensity of socialization is
less because citizens are not easy to
collect
4) Less social bonds
Gadingharjo
(High Level of Participation)
1) High intensity and innovative electoral socialization
2) Less mobile inhabitants
3) Political affiliation of closest relative
Imogiri
(Low Level of Participation)
1) Saturation of inhabitants toward so
many elections
2) Elections perceived as less benefit
3) Problem in data adjustment related
tonlow quality of local electoral
committees
4) Less innovative and less frequent
electoral socialization
5) Pragmatic people
Sriharjo
(High Level of Participation)
1) Voter mobilisation by local electoral
committees
2) High involvement of local community leaders within electoral committee.
3) Less number of ballot booth
4) Political affiliation of closest relative
Bangun-tapan
Sanden
Imogiri
Highly mobile inhabitants
Majority of them are migrants
Less popular candidates
Pragmatic people
Problem in data adjustment
Less social bonds
Democratic Governance|
67
Part One: Local Politics and Election
CONCLUSION
In onclusion drawn from the research, the findings are as follow.
Firstly, factors determining high level of participation amongst
Bantulese are: (a) Political affiliation of closest relative ; (b) participation
stimulants; (c) tight social control; (d) political pragmatism of society
manifested in organized collective transactional arrangement between
inhabitants and candidates by local leaders; (e) societal institution
awareness and concern toward elections. Secondly, factors determining
low level of participation are: (a) Saturation and less direct benefit of
elections for society; (b) Limited, less innovative and less frequent
socialization discourage people to vote; (c) Poor performance of
electoral committees in adjusting voter’s data especially in a highly
mobile, dense population and vast areas; (d) Weak social bond and
social control; (f) Society pragmatism that perceived elections is less
benefit for their life.
Based on those research findings, it is highly recommended to
design an innovative socialization method that attract more people to
come and discuss about electoral regulations and issues to create more
informed and rational voters that in turn will be contributive toward
enhancing voter participation as well as development of the quality of
election. On the other side, administrative issues related to voter data
should be organized in a more systematic and integrated method to
encourage more people to participate.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
1. DPRRI (Dewan Perwakilan Rakyat Republik Indonesia): National
House of Representatives
2. DPRD (Dewan Perwakilan Rakyat Daerah): Local House of
Representatives
3. DPD (Dewan Perwakilan Daerah): Senate
4. DPRD Provinsi: Local House of Representatives for Provincial level
5. DPRD Kabupaten/Kota: Local House of Representatives for
Regency/City level
68 |Democratic Governance
Suranto, Tunjung S., Awang D. The Factors Determining...
REFERENCES
Budiardjo, Miriam. 1982. Partisipasi dan Partai Politik, Jakarta:
PT.Gramedia.
Dahl, Robert A. 1971.Polyarchy: Participation and Opposition, New
Haven: Yale University Press.
Hendrik, Doni. 2010. Variabel-variabel yang Mempengaruhi Rendahnya
Partisipasi
Huntington, Samuel P & Joan Nelson. 1994. Partisipasi Politik di Negara
Berkembang. Jakarta: Rineka Cipta
Rush, Michael and Phillip Althof, 2000.Pengantar Sosiologi Politik.
Jakarta: Rajawali Press.
Schumpeter, Joseph. 1947.Capitalism, Socialism, and Democracy, New
York: Harper.
Simangunsong, Bonar. 2004. Negara. Demokrasi dan Berpolitik Yang
Profesional. Jakarta: Gramedia
Soebagio, 2008. Implikasi Golongan Putih dalam Perspektif Pembangunan
Demokrasi di Indonesia, Jurnal Makara, Vol. 12 No. 2, Desember
Surbakti, Ramlan. 1992. Memahami Ilmu Politik. Jakarta: Gramedia
Democratic Governance|
69
Part One: Local Politics and Election
70 |Democratic Governance
RESISTANCE TO FOREST MANAGEMENT POLICIES:
A STUDY ON ORANG RIMBA IN JAMBI PROVINCE
Muhammad Yusuf
Sekolah Tinggi Ilmu Sosial dan Ilmu Politik (STISIP) Nurdin
Hamzah Jambi
Zuly Qodir
Master of Government Affairs and Administration.
Universitas Muhammadiyah Yogyakarta
E-mail: zuly_qodir@yahoo.com
Abstract
Orang Rimba, a name of tribe in Jambi Province of Indonesia, who
settles and live by hunting and gathering plants at Bukit Duabelas
National Park (TNBD), face at least three major mainstreams.
Politically, they are treated discriminatively through forest extension
and protection. Economically, they no longer have free access to the
existing forest resources. Socio culturally, they can hardly face the
challenges. TNBD Center has issued a policy about TNDB’s maintaining
system which is against Orang Rimba’s concerns. Orang Rimba that
have been living for a long time resist the policy in various ways.The
purpose of this research is to find out the reasons why Orang Rimba’s
resistance against the TNDB’s policy still continues and to find out
the TNDB’s response as a government representative in dealing
with Orang Rimba’s resistance. Using case study and ethnography
approaches, this kind of research is a descriptive-qualitative research.
The primary data are obtained through interview and observation,
while the secondary data are gained from primary documents and
secondary documents. The findings of this research show the reasons
why Orang Rimba’s resistance persists: 1). There is a disappointment
in TNDB’s policy because it is made unilaterally by the government,
2). The downfall of Orang Rimba’s customary law makes the law
itself to not work anymore, 3). There is a cooperation and influence
from Orang Terang 4). There is a competion in forest resources
management between Orang Rimba and Orang Terang (clear land
people), and 5). The increase of living cost makes Orang Rimba take
risks either in hidden or open resistance. The TNBD Center responds
Orang Rimba’s resistance by socializing, cooperating intersectorally,
71
Part One: Local Politics and Election
monitoring and security, and empowering the village economy.
That policy does not show positive results because Orang Rimba’s
resistance continues to happen. They remain resistant towards the
policy about the forest management.
Keywords: Resistance, policy and response of the forest management
INTRODUCTION
Orang Rimba who settle by hunting and gathering plants at TNBD
(National Forest of Bukit Duabelas) face at least three big mainstreams
related to politics, economics, and social culture (Naim, 2007:4). In
the aspect of politics, they are recognized constitutionally, but are still
treated discriminatively from the common people (Orang Terang). The
discrimination can be seen in the area forest expansion through the
policy of TNBD management regarding the establishment of zoning
such as core zone, jungle zone, utilization zone, rehabilitation zone,
traditional zone, and etc. Based on the regulation, core zone is an area
which is restricted, inaccessible, and should not be used by the people,
including Orang Rimba. In addition, concerning the jungle zone and
rehabilitation zone, Orang Rimba who have been living there for a long
time and relying their life in Bukit Duabelas area are only allowed to
stay and do their economic activities and traditions in the traditional
zone at the edge of TNBD are (BKSD, 2004:63-66).
In the economic aspect, the land occupied by Orang Rimba is basically
comprised of abundant forest resources, but their ulayat (communal) right
is being taken away without compensations. Various forest resources that
are managed and used by Orang Rimba to fulfill their family’s daily needs
cannot be accessed anymore. Concerning the social and cultural life, Orang
Rimba faces socio-cultural and intercultural changes. Local wisdom which
serves as their greatness symbol eventually erodes. The policy of national
forest management changes the social structure of Orang Rimba. According
to Weintre (2003:8), Orang Rimba’s social structure is fragmented into three
sub-groups. The first group consists of traditional people who have the least
changes and still follow the ancestors’ culture. The second group consists
of those who live in the outskirts of traditional areas, who are less able to
adopt all characteristics of post-traditional life, but there are already several
72 |Democratic Governance
Muhammad Yusuf & Zuly Qodir. Resistance to Forest...
types of post-traditional people. The third group consists of those who are
unable to have self-focus and self-orientation to fulfill their primary needs
without merging with the outsiders.
According to Lobja (2003: 4), the pattern of forest management and
utilization by local people is so far done based on the concept of local
values and cultures. So, things that do not support the environment
utilization are considered castration against customary laws. The policy of
TNBD management which triggers resistance as an effort to maintain and
preserve the TNBD is called “daily resistance” (Scott, 1993: 277). The study
on Orang Rimba resistance cannot be separated from the involvement
of individual or collective actors, ideology, and actions that show their
existence as people who are afflicted with various pressures. These kinds
of resistance, according to Brectian in Scott (1993: 271), are means to help
oneself to typically avoid confrontation with the ruler or elite norms.
Based on the problems above, the problem formulation of this
research is: How does Orang Rimba’s resist the policy of national forest
management? And why does Orang Rimba’s resistance against the
policy of national forest management continue to happen?
THEORETICAL FRAMEWORK
Resistance Theory
Resistance study is a part of social movement and action in many
aspects of social life. Social action is considered an action against a
country and a country’s policy. Struggle or grass-root politics for the
sake of human interest involves actors and participants (Sing, 2010:
130-132). Social movement is understood as a set of beliefs and actions
that are not institutionalized, done by a group of people to promote
or hinder changes in a society (Mirsel, 2006: 6). Social movement
consists of collective behaviours, mobs, and mass, which are oriented
to values and anti-systemic in forms and symbols (Gaus and Kukathas,
2012: 610-611). Referring to Sunarto’s view in Hiareic (2004, ed., et al:
168-169), movement is manifested in mobs, taking form in a riot done
by a certain group which is organized and will end only if the goal is
achieved. Riots, which take a slightly different form, are defined as a
commotion done by a group of people without directed-goal and will
end when they run out of energy.
Democratic Governance|
73
Part One: Local Politics and Election
The root word of resistance, referring to Oxford Dictionary, is
an action taken to survive, oppose, and resist (Hornby, 1995: 998).
Based on the action, historians define resistance as a collective activity
(Praeger, 1993: 27 in Ross, 2006: 5). According to Scott, there are two
types of resistance – open and hidden. Furthermore, he states that “the
nature of resistance is greatly influenced by the existing forms of labor,
control, and beliefs about the probability and severity of retaliation”
(Scott, 1985: 34). Resistance strategy is considered as the goal to change
social structures and systems of domination (Horowitz, 2005: 2107 in
Cote and Cliche, 2011: 128).
In the case that happened in Malaysia, farmers used daily resistance
method such as slandering, theft, burning and excessive claim against
the ruling elites. This method is marked with a small plan that they
need, and while they avoid direct confrontation, their function is as
self-helpers for the doers.
According to Oommen in Sing (2010: 302) there are at least five
kinds of protest: 1) Organized, collective violences, 2) Organized,
collective non-violent actions, 3) Non-violent and violent organized
micro-mobilisation, 4) Temporary and unorganized micro-mobilisation,
and 5) Individual protests. As suggested by Scott (1990) in Wiratmoko
et al (2004: 222), resistance is grouped into two categories. First, public
transcript: It is an open resistance, like a theater performer who lives
in two worlds – real world and fake world on stage. Second, hidden
transcript: It is a resistance which is done secretly or behind people’s
back. Resisters pretend to be nice in front of their opponents, but
behind their back they talk about them with gossips, slander, curses,
and so on. Oommen in Sing (2010: 303) maps resistance expressions
into two versions – regulated and unregulated, each of which is executed
in accordance with the situation.
Furthermore, Eksein in Nurudin (ed) et al (2006:10) states that
there are two factors that trigger resistances: first, resistance happens
due to intolerable injustice and oppression that trigger risk-taking
attitudes by making a direct confrontation with the hegemony of the
country. Second, demands that cannot be fulfilled. Furthermore it is
affirmed by Scott as explained by Nurudin (ed) et al (2006:10) that
74 |Democratic Governance
Muhammad Yusuf & Zuly Qodir. Resistance to Forest...
resistance happens due to the state’s vast role in the transformation of
village through green revolution.
Indigeneous people’s resistance can be traced in Regpala’s writing
in Ghee and Gomes (1993: 178) about a case study of native people’s
resistance in Cordilerra against invasion and the changes enforced by
the outsiders. It is explained that since 1571, the Igorot people (the
native people) had known about Spanish colonialism during the gold
searching in Cordillera, and they fought openly and secretly.That fight
was able to eradicate the invading Spanish forces in the jungle who were
trying to conquer the Igorot people. The fight ended with the Igorot’s
victory and the Spanish’s defeat.
Concerning indigenoues people’s resistance, Cote and Cliche
in Indigenous Peoples’ Resistance to Oil Palm Plantations in Borneo
(2011: 121) compared indigenous people’s resistance in Malaysia and
in Indonesia. Furthermore, it is explained that indigeneous people’s
resistance in Serawak, Malaysia used two strategies – legal action
and staging a blockade, while the resistance of indigeous people in
Kalimantan tended to use violent strategies such as destroying palm
trees, buildings, and seizing machines.
Theories of conflict
According to Tourine in Sing (2010: 152), social movement is
understood as a particular type of social conflict. In a conflict, there
are actors who contradict and compete to get resources. Furthermore,
conflict through stakes are considered valuable and desired by two or
more conflicting parties which involves a group of organized actors,
betting value, and competition to get what is at stake. In Oxford
Dictionary, it means serious disagreement, serious difference of opinion
between one party with another party (Hornby: 1995, 241). According
to Pruitt and Rubin (2004: 9), conflict is a perceived divergence of
interesrs or a trust that the aspirations of the conflicting parties are not
achieved simultaneously.
According to Dahrendrof in Veeger (1990: 214), analysis on people
is based on a conflict of point of view, which starts from the facts that
the members are grouped into two categories, namely the ruling and the
ruled. This dualism includes in the interest structure of every interest
Democratic Governance|
75
Part One: Local Politics and Election
in life which results in different interests which are conflicting. In turn,
interest differentiation can trigger conflicting groups. Dahrendrof
divides three groups of interest: 1) Power, 2). Interest, and 3). Conflict
group.
By its type, conflict is divided into two - vertical conflict, which
is a conflict between people and their leaders, and horizontal conflict,
which is inter-ethnic conflict, cultural and religious followers, and
inter-social groups (Nugroho, 2012: 448). Conflicts haunt almost every
developing country, and they are either created intentionally or are
allowed to happen.
According to Dahrendrof in After (1977: 626), in a functional
structure, there is an assumption that every society is relatively firm,
and is a very integrated element structure, and has a function to give
support to its maintenance as a system in a social structure which still
functions based on the members’ consensus. In theory of conflict, on
the other hand, it depends on very different assumptions:
Every society in every case is subject to various changes, in which
social changes can happen. a). Every society in every case generates
disputes and conflicts: social conflicts can happen in all cases. b.)
Every society cannot avoid forces done by some people to the
others (Dahrendrof in After, 1977: 626).
According to Pruit and Rubin (2004:143-146), there are five
transformations which happenned during the escalation of conflicts,
although not all happen in a conflict. They are: A.Mild to Severe: Efforts
to get something in a competitive trade are usually started with lighter
efforts: ingratiation, gamesmanship, persuasive argumentation, and
promises. In many cases, these soft tactics are finally replaced by the
severe ones, such as threat and commitment that cannot be undone.
b. Small to big: When conflicts escalate, there is a tendency that the
existing issues proliferate. Each party tends to be absorbed into
conflicts and agrees to give resources to win them. c. Specific to general:
In an escalating conflict, specific issues tend to change to be the general
ones, from small and concrete concerns to becoming big and involving
all positions, not to mention the intolerance towards other parties. d.
Manage to hurt others: In the beginning, many conflicts are caused by
76 |Democratic Governance
Muhammad Yusuf & Zuly Qodir. Resistance to Forest...
trying to get their own interests, without paying attention to the good
or bad results gotten by others. e. Few to many: Conflicts which arise
from agitation done by few people often become collective actions
when one of the parties fail to win them.
According to Pruitt and Rubin (2004: 200-214), conflict escalation
is observed through three models of approach: First: Agressor-defender
model, which draws a line between the two parties that are in a conflict.
One of the aggressors is considered to have a goal that make him/her
involved in a conflict with other parties, the defender, Second: spiralconflict model, in which conflicts escalation is the results of a vicious
cycle between actions and reactions. In a retaliatory spiral, every party
gives punishment to the other parties that are unpleasant, and Third:
Structural change model, in which conflict residues are in the form of
changes that happen among the conflicting parties and in the place
where they live. These residues support further quarrelling behavior
with the same level or higher, and reduce efforts to find conflicts. After
conflicts escalate, they will deescalate. According to Pruitt and Rubin
(2004: 292-295), conflict de-escalation happens due to a.having no
action, b. yielding, in which one party gives in to the other party, c.
withdrawing, or not continuing the conflict, d. problem solving.
Public Policies
According to Dye in Indiahono (2009: 17), public policy is:
“whatever governments choose to do or not to”. It means that whatever
the government does whether explicitly or implicitly is a policy.
Dye’s perception on policy, as stated above, can be interpreted as two
important things: first, policy should be done by the government
agency, and second, that policy should contain choices chosen or not
chosen by the government. Furthermore, Anderson in Indiahono
(2009: 17) defines policy as the behavior of a number of actors (officials,
groups, government institutes) or a group of actors in a certain field. In
addition, policy is closely related to inter-group interests either in the
government level or society in general.
According to Marzali (2012: 20), policy is a tool or an instrument
to manage people from up to below, by giving rewards and sanctions.
So, policy is intentionally arranged and designed to make people’s
Democratic Governance|
77
Part One: Local Politics and Election
behavior (the targeted group) become patterned and in accordance
with the statements and formulation of that policy. Those who violate
the policy will get sanctions or punishments.
According to Dunn (2000: 25), the policies in policy making for
some years consists of: agenda arrangement, policy adoption, policy
formulation, policy implementation, and policy assessment/evaluation.
Those policy stages are explained further by Winarno (2012: 36-37) as
follows: in agenda arrangement, elected officials put issues into the
policy agenda. In the formulation stage, policies are defined, discussed,
and given alternatives. In adoption, the stage policies are adopted with
dominant support from the legislative and consensus among institute
directors. Implementation stage is done by administration agencies and
government agencies at lower levels. In evaluation stage, the policies
which have been implemented are assessed and evaluated to the extent
that the policies are made to solve problems.
According to Nugroho (2012: 131), there are two kinds of public
policies. First, public statements are statements that are addressed in an
official forum and quoted by mass media, and spreaded to a wide society.
Statements which are addressed in private rooms are not categorized as
public statements. Second, public statements are manifested in the form
of legislation which is codified legally and formally. Every policy from the
central government to local government belongs to public policy, because
they are public officials who are paid with public money through state tax
and incomes, and legally they are responsible to the public.
RESEARCH METHODS
This is a descriptive qualitative research using case study approach,
and the questions are related to How and Why. To help understand
Orang Rimba’s social setting, economic, and political system, this
research employs ethnography method, and describes a certain culture
as the main goal. This research uses data resources from: a) Primary
data, which are obtained from structured and unstructured interviews,
observation and ethnography, and b) Secondary data, which are
obtained from the previous studies (undergraduate thesis, thesis,
and dissertation), journals, bulletins, magazines, books, newspapers,
internet and other supporting sources. Information and data needed
78 |Democratic Governance
Muhammad Yusuf & Zuly Qodir. Resistance to Forest...
in this research are acquired through two ways, namely (1) selecting
the key person and (2) snowball sampling. There were 5 informants
from TNBD Center who were interviewed, 12 Orang Rimba, 2 people
from KKI Warsi, 2 people from Jambi Enviromental Forum (WALHI),
and 12 villagers from Sei Ruan Ulu, Tanah Garo, and Pematang Kabau.
The obtained data were analyzed as follows: a) data reduction, b). Data
presentation, and c). Conclusion and verification.
RESULT AND DISCUSSION
Orang Rimba’s Everyday Form of Resistance
The embryos of Orang Rimba’s resistance towards the policy of
forest management in Bukit Duabelas National Forest through the
Written Reference of the Ministry of Forestry and Agriculture Number
258/Kpts-II/2000 have existed since the process of formulation.
Rejection efforts are manifested in the rejection movement against
the zoning system and regulations that are applied in the controversial
areas of customary laws, which are potential to threaten Orang Rimba’s
future. The resistance movement has reached a joint-decision between
the national forest officials and Orang Rimba, assisted by KKI Warsi
NGO, Sokola Rimba, and Jambi Enviromental Forum.
After the joint-decision about the zoning system of the national
forest management in December 2009, Orang Rimba’s everyday form of
resistance continued to happen and evolved from one form of resistance
into a new form. Several years later, protest and resistance movement
declined, because the movements after the joint-decision are reactive
and responsive towards the disruption of their interests. They did not
build movement frameworks that are compehensive, systematic, and
reactive, and they easily made coalition but then dissolved it. The forms
of Orang Rimba’s resistance are the following:
Hidden Resistance
Hidden resistance is done routinely by individuals and groups along
with temenggung, or by making a coallition with other groups. Their
awareness about resistance is not done with organized common purposes,
so they play around individually and collectively and are not well-organized.
The efforts of Orang Rimba’s resistance are done as follows:
Democratic Governance|
79
Part One: Local Politics and Election
Clearing land in the area: Bukit Duabelas National Forest has
strategic social, economic, and ecological meanings. The writer
identifies that almost all Orang Rimba in Makekal Ulu, Tengah and
Ilir clear land, as well as those who are in Kejasung Besar, Kejasung
Kecil and in Durian River. Similarly, those who live in Air Panas, Ujung
Kutai, Singosari, and Bukit Suban also do the same. Although they have
been living with Orang Terang, they have not got a permanent job, and
they still rely their life on the protected forest.
This passive resistance annoys the forest officials. Therefore, they
launch a policy which limits Orang Rimba to clear land, because an area
as large as 60.500 ha which is assumed as a former biosphere preserve,
has left ± 30% undamaged. The scale limitation of land clearing up
to 2 hectares for Orang Rimba has violated their economic rights,
access rights, and is against their ancestors’ rules. The national forest
management should not intervene on this. Orang Rimba do not expect
the limitation of land clearing, although there are rules about limited
land clearing which is intensively organized.
Selling forest products: The sale of forest products, particularly
timbers in the form of serpehan from the area is very intensive recently.
Timbers that have high economic values such as tembesu, kulim,
meranti and others become the target of illegal
Any activities in the 60.500 ha national forest cannot be easily
monitored by as many as 16 forest rangers. This condition is used by
Orang Rimba and Orang Terang in the buffer zone from outside of Tebo
Regency, Sarolangun Regency, and Batanghari Regency to compete in
timber processing in that area.
Based on the data obtained by Bukit Duabelas National Forest
Center and confirmed with the result of interviewing Ngadap, there
are some farms owned by Orang Terang in the forest area which are
purchased from their fellows and they cleared the land by themselves
or using other ways. The following data describe the land ownership in
the area of Bukit Duabelas National Forest:
80 |Democratic Governance
Muhammad Yusuf & Zuly Qodir. Resistance to Forest...
Table 1.5. The Data of Orang Terang’s Land Ownership in the Area of Bukit Duabelas National Forest
No
Village
Number of
farm owners
Estimated
farm area
The average
farm area
per person
Crops
1
Bukit
Suban
155 people
± 196,8 Ha
± 1,27 Ha
Rubber and palm
2
Pematang
Kabau
253 people
± 478,25 Ha
± 1,89 Ha
Rubber and palm
3
Lubuk
Jering
266 people
± 825,50 Ha
± 3,10 Ha
Rubber, durian,
dogfruit, and
lanzones
4
Semurung
Village
110 people
± 299,75 Ha
± 2,725Ha
Rubber, durian,
dogfruit, and
lanzones
5
Jernih
Village
163 people
± 322,25 Ha
± 1,98 Ha
Rubber, durian,
dogfruit, and
lanzones
6
Baru
Village
63 people
± 126,5 Ha
± 2,00 Ha
Rubber, durian,
dogfruit, and
lanzones
Source: Bukit Duabelas National Forest Center (data have been processed).
Based on the data above, the areas in Bukit Suban and Pematang
Kabau are identified as transmigrants’ village whose residents are
mostly from other tribes (Javanese, Padangnese, and Bataknese). They
got farms in the outside area when they joined transmigration (got a
business land). Farm ownership in the national forest area is generally
gotten by purchasing from Anak Dalam society (SAD), or they have
Anak Dalam people open the area to be farms, then they pay them or
share the profit with them.
Lubuk Jering Village, Semurung Village, Jernih Village, and Baru
Village are native villages which are dominated by native Malay of Jambi
known as Orang Dusun. In general, they have farms inside or outside
the national forest by clearing land, or inheriting from their ancestors.
Based on the data above, as many as 1010 (one thousand ten) villagers
have farms in the national forest area approximately ± 2.249,05 ha in
total (National Forest of Bukit Duabelas Center).
Protests shown by gossiping the forest officials in or outside the
forest area continue due to the unclear pattern of the national forest
Democratic Governance|
81
Part One: Local Politics and Election
management. Orang Rimba who are not in line with the forest officials
feel that their interests are disturbed, so they launch various issues
to look for the weaknesses of the forest officials. The national forest
legality is sued by declaring that Bukit Duabelas is their ancestors’ land,
and they also blur the boundaries of the forest with the buffer zones.
Orang Rimba’s economic and political interests on the forest resources
are disturbed when vertical conflicts between Orang Rimba and the
national forest officials arise. Orang Rimba who have no mass power
and social capital prefer withdrawing themselves to arguing with them.
Those who are against the forest officials, according to Ngadap:
Those who sold the forest resources were in dispute with the forest
officials, because the official knew who they are. They would avoid
the officials, if necessary, they would run away because they were
afraid of them (Ngadap, 22 February 2014).
The interview above shows that they withdraw themselves and
avoid the national forest officials. They have no enough power to
directly face the officials when they completely have no weapons to use
to attack them. Therefore, they prefer avoiding them.
Pretending to be fool is Orang Rimba’s strategy to make others think
that they do not know about the laws applied in Bukit Duabelas area
and the national positive laws. They take advantage on this condition
by selling forest products and farms. One of the ways to be a fool is
by refusing to have ID card by arguing that it is not in line with their
customs. The farm transaction among them or with Orang Terang does
not use bills, nor witness. It is only done by the seller and the buyer.
Open Resistance
Hidden resistance becomes open resistance when there are internal
or external disturbances. Orang Rimba’s conflictual resistance is
triggered by the obstacles faced by the forest officials who try to counter
that movement. A more reactive resistance began with a strong focus,
life invasion, and limited access for Orang Rimba to use forest resources
which is manifested in protection and becomes offensive. Based on the
primary and secondary data from the field, the open resistance done by
Orang Rimba is explained as follows:
82 |Democratic Governance
Muhammad Yusuf & Zuly Qodir. Resistance to Forest...
Preventing the forest officials of TNBD from entering the area:
Orang Rimba prevents the forest officials from entering the area as
it is one form of resistance based on customary law. The effort to
prevent the officials from entering the area is stated by Surono, an
official from Community Partner of Forest Rangers (MMP):
In 2013, forest officials (10 forest rangers and 5 MMP officials) intended
to enter the forest. They had previously asked for temenggung’s
permission to check which land belongs to Javanese and which one
belongs to Orang Rimba, then when we were about to enter, many
Orang Rimba blocked us on the bridge. We told them we only wanted
to check. We cancelled and went home. ‘Why should be checked? It
is not gone,’ they said. At that time, Orang Dalam waited in Meranti
sections, and they were provocated by outsiders. They said we wanted
to catch a tauke. When a tauke is caught, they cannot sell rubber latex.
In short, people who often come to that area cooperate with internal
people from SPE, Limau Manis (interview, 27 January 2014).
Orang Rimba’s resistance on the national forest continues to happen.
They prevent the forest officials’ patrol from entering the pranokan
land. When the officials want to do a raid passing the pranokan land
and at the same time a woman is giving a birth, it becomes a taboo for
Orang Rimba to pass that area.
Open debate and discussion either individually or collectively: It has
started from the establisment of United Community of Makekal (KMB)
in the late 2008 by Pengendum and friends, whose members consist of
young people from Makekal river (Makekal Hilir, Makekal Tengah dan
Makekal Ulu). KMB raise funds from Orang Rimba youth throughout
the area of Bukit Duabelas National Forest.
Resistance and conflicts between Orang Rimba and the forest officials
continued in the end of 2012. Jambi police officers did a joint raid and
burned the house of a land owner located in the forest area. The land owner
protested, stating that he did not want to get loss because he had spent a
lot of money for that farm. Then, he mobilized Orang Rimba and Lubuk
Bumbun people to protest the Sei Jernih resort in Muara Tabir Sub-district.
They came in group with more or less a hundred people consisting of
Orang Rimba and Lubuk Bumbun people. The resort officials who became
the target of the attack were Pak Sayon Kelana and Pak Ahdiyat. They were
threatened using kecepek pointed to Pak Sayon Kelana.
Democratic Governance|
83
Part One: Local Politics and Election
Everyday form of resistance done by Orang Rimba, both hidden
and open resistances, is categorized into incidental resistance. This
is because the resistances are not well-organized and systematic, and
they tend to be individualized although there are collective actions.
However, they are not revolutionary, nor are they aimed at destroying
the dominance of TNBD Center. Their resistances are merely done with
the purpose of maintaning their access to the forest resources that have
long been used for generations. In the beginning the resistance is latent,
but then they evolve to be manifestation because they face challenges
and obstacles.
The Resistance Actors
Orang Rimba’s response towards the policy of forest management
is divided into three groups, first: the group who supports the national
forest policy that is consists of common Orang Rimba and those who
stay outside – the Ngadap people who dominate Makekal Ilir, Tengah,
and Sungkai, and those who live in Aerbehan.
Second: the group who is against the national forest policy consisting
of those who obviously refuse the policy of the forest management.
This group is consists of people who live in Air Panas area, Singosari,
and Jelita ketemenggungan in Kejasung and SP 5, KMB youth led by
Pengendum whose authorities cover Makekal Ulu, Makekal Tengah,
and Makekal Hilir.
Third: those who do not give full support consisting of Temenggung
Rahman who live in Singosari, Pembubar (the former temenggung of
Makekal Hulu), and Temenggung Celetai who replaces Pembubar
ketemenggungan and Temenggung Jelitai in Batanghari. This group
does not want to be involved much in any activities done by the forest
center. It is difficult to classify which group that supports the policy of
the national forest and which group that does not, because the Orang
Rimba is a community which is dynamic in determining an attitude.
If the policy of the forest management gives them benefit, they will
support it, but if it threatens their economic condition, they will disobey
it with various reasons and demands. Based on the data in the field, the
three groups are categorized in the following table:
84 |Democratic Governance
Muhammad Yusuf & Zuly Qodir. Resistance to Forest...
Table 1.6.Factors Based on Group, Region, and Goal
No
Actor and Region
Goal
1
The supporting group:
Ngadap group in Sungai, Makekal Ilir
and Tengah and the Aerbehan group.
They want to preserve the forest to
be managed intensively, and depend
their life on the forest resources.
2
The opposing group:
The group of Air Panas, Jelitai in Kejasung region and SP 5, Pengendum,
and KMB members of Makekal. This
group tends to have latent conflicts
with the supporting group of TNBD
policy.
This opposing group demands
economic access (farming, selling
land, serpehan, and other forest
products), and change the policy of
zoning system in TNBD.
The not-completely supporting group:
Temenggung Rahman in Singosari,
Pembubar in Makekal Ulu and Jelitai
in Kejasung Batang Hari, and the
group in Makekal Tengah and Ilir.
This group tends to be passive
towards the national forest policy. If
the policy gives them benefit, they
will support it. On the other hand,
they will refuse it if it gives them
disadvantages.
3
Source: Collected from interviews and observations.
That grouping is made based on Orang Rimba’s attitude. If a policy
gives them advantages, they will support the national forest center. On the
other hand, if the policy gives them advantages, they will refuse it, although
they do not show it in front of the forest officials. This ambiguous attitude
makes it difficult to identify which group is pro or against the policy.
Reasons of Orang Rimba’s Continuing Resistance
The data obtained in the field show that there are several factors
that make Orang Rimba oppose the policy of the national forest
management. They are as follows:
a. The disappointment over the policy which is made unilaterally
Orang Rimba’s resistance actually had happened since the forest
was managed by the Forest Resources Conservation Center (BKSDA),
then in the end of 2007 the authority was transferred to TNBD Center.
Consciously or not, actually BKSDA had transmitted conflicts between
the forest officials and Orang Rimba. Orang Rimba’s hatred on BKSDA
dominance as the state’s representative turns to TNBD Center. Therefore,
TNBD Center only inherits the problems from the previous management.
In this context, resistance is understood as a latent and open
conflict between Orang Rimba and TNBD Center. This resistance is
Democratic Governance|
85
Part One: Local Politics and Election
not merely done for subsistence reasons that they want free access to
the national forest but it is also a form of revenge to the national forest
officials who are repressive to them. On the other side, the officials’
treatment to Orang Rimba personally and institutionally arises conflicts
which continue to escalate. In the planning phase of the national forest
management, the forest officials try to adjust customary land claims
to be in accordance with Orang Rimba. Therefore, zones based on the
customary zone of Orang Rimba are made.
Such policy generates Orang Rimba’s disappointment towards
the national forest officials. The RPTND policy by implementing the
zoning system is considered to be against the customary law of Orang
Rimba which claims that the TNBD forest is the inherited land from
the ancestors that must be preserved based on the boundary and the
land that have been determined.
b. The downfall of Orang Rimba’s Customs
The downfall of Jenang Waris - Orang Rimba in the past occupied
a forest territory laid between Tanah Garo as the base point and Sungai
Serengan (Paku Aji) as the end region. The Jenang Waris relationship has
been maintained until the era of Forest Tenure Rights (HPH), Forest Product
Harvesting Rights (HPHH), Production Forest (HP), and Protected Peat
Forest (HLG). After the establishment of the area to be a national forest,
the jenang waris relations was subsided. During the era of bebalok (illegal
logging), Jenang Untung Abdullah knew a lot of Orang Rimba, so he was
appointed as jenang in Sei Lingkar who dominated the authority in Batang
Hari, especially the economic authority of Orang Rimba in the area which
is in contact with Maro Sebo Ulu region. Now he is the chief of Se i Lingkar
village. Since 2011 the relationship between Orang Rimba and Jenang
Untung has started to be broken. It is because he is busy with the village
activities and he does not enter the forest anymore.
Since the downfall of Air Hitam perjenangan, Orang Rimba started to
handle their own matters. This condition makes them weak in facing the
social reality. The downfall of jenang waris relation with Orang Rimba is
due to the massive forest clearing done by PT Sawit and other companies
since the 1970s. Beside the forest clearing done since the 1970s, the roles of
NGO such as KKI Warsi, Sokola Rima, Kopsad, Jambi Walhi, AMAN, Jambi
86 |Democratic Governance
Muhammad Yusuf & Zuly Qodir. Resistance to Forest...
Farmers Association (PPJ), and Indonesian Legal Aid Association (PBHI)
of West Sumatra have contributions to give a new understanding about the
national forest management. The involvement of NGOs eventually replaces
the role of jenang waris that used to be dominant but now starts to be weak.
Orang Rimba no longer depend completely on jenang waris, but they start
to turn to various parties that affiliate with them. Those who are living in
the East still preserve their custom by questioning anyone who violates the
custom law. There are efforts to avoid outsiders to enter by blocking them
not to enter the protected forest.
In 2012, there was a customary consensus among temenggung
in the form of a written rule about land transaction between Orang
Rimba and Orang Terang. That rule states that those who sell land will
get customary penalty. However, that customary law is not imperative
because it has no deterrent effects. Then, a new resistance emerges, that
is the land selling is done massively, and the money is used to pay the
penalty. The detachment of jenang waris confines is due to the culture
assimilation between Orang Rimba and Orang Terang, so that there is
no one who is dituokan whose advices are obeyed.
c. The influence and cooperation with Orang Terang
They know transaction systems and the life of the outsiders, and
they live side by side as well as exchange information related to the
forest management. During the interaction between Orang Rimba and
Orang Terang, there is a transactional relation in which they fulfill their
daily needs. There is a cooperation between Orang Rimba and Orang
Terang in land transaction and land clearing. In this case, the position
of Orang Rimba is described as those who are dijinakkan, while Orang
Terang has economical interests in the area, so they try to build a
relationship called bedulur.
d. The competition in the forest resources management
The horizontal conflicts among Orang Rimba happen among
ketemenggungan, temenggung Ngadap who replaced temenggung Ngukir
because they are often involved in land transaction and serpehan. At first,
they denied their involvement in land transaction by arguing in every
customary trial in regard with the people’s protest. Customary penalty
should had been charged to Temenggung Ngukir for his carelessness, but he
Democratic Governance|
87
Part One: Local Politics and Election
always denied by arguing, during the customary trial in which he questioned
his role in defending Ngelembu who was attacked by villagers on March 19,
2011. The competition in using the forest resources also happens between
Orang Rimba and Orang Terang. The pattern of forest utilization by Orang
Rimba and Orang Terang is summarized in the following table:
Table1.7. The Utilization Pattern of Forest and Forest Products by Orang Rimba
andOrang Terang
Aspect of Interest
Forest products
Plantations
Woods
Orang Rimba
Orang Terang
Getting an advantage by
becoming the workers
who transport the forest
products.
The employer or tauke of
Orang Rimba who sell the
forest products.
Land clearing, purchase,
and cultivating wage from
Orang Terang.
Land clearing and purchase, cooperating with
Orang Rimba in land
cultivation.
Economic needs, cutting
down woods for plantations.
Economic needs, housing
need, household furniture, and trade.
Source: Collectedfrom interviews with Orang Rimba and the villagers.
The competition in land clearing between Orang Rimba and Orang
Terang is not fair because Orang Terang have capital, production tools,
and good coordination. The speed of economic growth among Orang
Terang supported with big capital triggers them to clear vast land or
new land that has not been cultivated.
e. Reasons of economic demand
Orang Rimba’s resistance is because of their high economic
demand. The Jelitai case who has ketemenggungan authority in Kejasung
rarely returns to Kejasung Besar and Kecil. Based on the information
from Kitmir, Jelitai has sold his Orang Rimba’s efforts to improve their
life quality and to drive them to be more competitive in economics.
It is measured with the life of Orang Terang who has motorcycles,
communication tools (hand phones), televisions, houses, and other
primary and secondary needs. They also try to live in the same level
with Orang Terang by the culture and religion assimilation. Some of
them embraced Islam and Christianity. Pak H Tarib, Pak Rahman,
88 |Democratic Governance
Muhammad Yusuf & Zuly Qodir. Resistance to Forest...
Pak Betaring and others who have embraced Islam usually have lived
together with the Malays and the transmigrants.
Not all Orang Rimba sell land to fulfil their daily needs. For them,
the 60.500 ha forest is a vast, never depleted area. That presumption
drives them to sell part of the land.
The Intensity of Orang Rimba’s Conflict and Resistance
The intensity of Orang Rimba’s resistance towards the management
policy of Bukit Duabelas National Forest is rather difficult to identify.
That difficulty is caused by the changes in form and motive of resistance.
Resistance is triggered by various factors which are related and have
different intensity. Based on the data from the field, the intensity of
Orang Rimba’s resistance is caused by three aspects. First, Orang
Rimba’s economic aspects. They will become very resistant if their
access to the national forest is hindered by the national forest officials.
Latent resistance is started with continuous land clearing as the sources
to meet their daily needs.
Orang Rimba’s resistance then evolves from one form to another
form. They clear land to meet their daily needs, plant potatoes, herbs,
fruit, rubber, and palm. That resistance continues by selling the forest
products such as tapped rubber, rattan, hunted animals, and other
resources. Orang Rimba’s resistance escalates when they sell land and
serpehan, but they are prevented by the forest officials. That condition
triggers Orang Rimba’s open resistance through violence and debate.
The intensity of the resistance can be described as follows:
Figure 1.1.Orang Rimba’s Resistance Intensity Based on Economic Aspects
II
Selling forest products (rubber,
rattan, hunted animals,etc)
IV
Selling land and serpehan
I
Land clearing
III
Competition in forest resources
management
Second, Orang Rimba’s political aspects. The policy of the national
forest management results in the limitation of Orang Rimba’s authority
towards the national forest and eventually the elimination of access to
the forest. In addition, the different pattern of management based on
Democratic Governance|
89
Part One: Local Politics and Election
the state, which is top down, is against Orang Rimba’s customs which
is communal.
The complex factors are the involvement of some state apparatus
who cooperate with Orang Rimba to get access to the national forest
resources. They collaborate with Orang Rimba and Orang Terang.
Orang Rimba need their help, and reciprocally Orang Terang and the
apparatus also need Orang Rimba to protect them. That resistance
intensity can be described in the following figure:
Figure 1.2. The Intensity of Orang Rimba’s Resistance Based on Political Aspects
II
The limitation of Orang Rimba’s
access through zoning systems
IV
The cooperation of Orang Rimba
with the villagers and the capital
owners
I
The intervention of TNBD on
Orang Rimba’s life and the loss power of Orang Rimba on TNBD
III
The involvement of some state apparatus and the different concept in
forest management
Third are the cultural aspects. Orang Rimba’s resistance began
with Orang Rimba’s cultural assimilation with Orang Terang. In that
opportunity, Orang Rimba get provocative suggestions from Orang
Terang. The next process is Orang Terang’s influence to weaken the
roles and functions of jenang-waris and ketemenggungan. The policy
in the national forest management is potential to eliminate Orang
Rimba’s claims on their communal land that have been maintained. The
factor that triggers resistance is the law and customs that are no longer
applied. Orang Rimba no longer understand their own customary laws.
Also, they intentionally deny the laws they have made. The intensity of
conflict and resistance from the cultural aspects is described as follows:
Figure 1.3.The Intensity of Orang Rimba’s Resistance Based on the Cultural Aspects
II
The shift in the social structure of
Orang Rimba and the loss of Orang
Rimba’s communal land
IV
The downfall of Orang Rimba’s
customary laws
I
Cultural assimilation of Orang Rimba and Orang Terang
III
The weakening functions of jenang
waris and ketemenggungan
90 |Democratic Governance
Muhammad Yusuf & Zuly Qodir. Resistance to Forest...
Based on the research, Orang Rimba’s resistance is caused by three
factors which are very dominant, these factors are: 1) The cooperation
between Orang Rimba and Orang Terang, and the involvement of some
apparatus, 2) The ruining of Orang Rimba’s customary laws, and 3). The
demand of Orang Rimba’s needs that make them take a risk by doing
open and hidden resistance.
CONCLUSION
Orang Rimba’s continuing resistance in the form of land clearing,
selling serpehan and land, doing demonstration, having an open debate
with the TNBD officials, and collective violence, are done due to several
factors. The resistance evolves in its form, so there is not only one form
of continuing resistance. It continues to be done in different form, in
the same or different times. Factors that trigger resistance are:
1. Their dissapointment to the national forest policy that does not
involve Orang Rimba from the formulation until the establisment
of the policy. They are only involved during the establisment of the
zoning systemn and its socialization.
2. The downfall of their customs marked by the shift in Jenang waris’
roles. Jenang waris used to be a mediator in conflict settlements
between Orang Rimba and the outsiders, but now it does not
function optimally. On the other side, Orang Rimba who used to
uphold the customary laws strongly, start to neglect them.
3. The cooperation between some apparatus and the villagers through
pasang badan system, in which Orang Rimba protect Orang Terang,
which is started from the pressure and influence of Orang Terang
to Orang Rimba. In the competition of forest management, Orang
Rimba who has a dynamic life competes with Orang Terang or with
their fellows to have a continous access to the forest resources.
4. Orang Rimba whose life is consumptive have to live side by side
with Ornag Terang although they are still unable to live in the same
way as Orang Terang.
Democratic Governance|
91
Part One: Local Politics and Election
REFERENCES
After, David E. 1977.Pengantar Analisa Politik,Trans: Tim Penerjemah
Yasogama, Jakarta, Rajawali Pers.
BTNBD.2010. Statistik Balai Taman Nasional Bukit Duabelas, Year 2010.
Cote, Denis dan Cliché, Laura.2011.Indigenous Peoples’ Resistance to Oil
Palm Plantations in Borneo. Kasarinlan: Philippine Journal of Third
World Studies.
Dunn, William N, 2003. Pengantar Analisis Kebijakan Publik, Second
Edition, the 5th publication, Yogyakarta, Gadjah Mada University
Press.
Gaus, Gerald F dan Chandran Kukathas. 2013. Handbook Teori Politik,Cet.
II Terj: Derta Sri widowatie, Bandung: Nusa Media.
Ghee, Lim Teck dan Alberto G Gomes. 1993.Suku Asli dan Pembangunan
di Asia Tenggara, terj: YOI, Jakarta: Yayasan Obor Indonesia.
Hiareic, Erick, et., al (ed). 2004.Politik Transisi Pasca Soeharto, Yogyakarta:
Fisipol UGM.
Holmes, George. 2007.Protection, Politics and Protest: Understanding
Resistance to Conservation, Conservation and Society, Pages 184–201,
Volume 5, No. 2,.
Hornby, A.S. 1995. Oxford Advanced Learner’s Dictionary, Oxford
University Press.
Indiahono, Dwiyanto. 2009. Kebijakan Publik Berbasis Dynamic Policy
Analysis, Yogyakarta, Gava Media.
Lobja, Erick. 2003.Menyelematkan hutan dan Hak adat Masyarakat
Kei,Yogyakarta: Debut Press.
Marzali, Amri. 2012.Antropologi dan Kebijakan Publik, Jakarta: Kencana.
Mirsel, Robert.Teori Pergerakan Sosial, Kilasan Sejarah dan Catatan
Bibliografis, Yogyakarta: Resist Book, 2006
Nugroho, Riant. 2012. Public Policy, Jakarta: Elex Media Komputindo.
Naim, Moctar. 2007.Masyarakat Adat terpencil di Asia, Makalah
disampaikan pada ”Realisasi Perlindungan Masyarakat Hukum
Adat”, Kerjasama Mahkamah Konstitusi RI, Depos RI, KOMNAS
HAM, Setnas Masyarakat Hukum Adat, ILO, UNDP Jakarta, 1011 Desember di Gedung Mahkamah Konstitusi.
92 |Democratic Governance
Muhammad Yusuf & Zuly Qodir. Resistance to Forest...
Nurudin (ed) et., al. 2006. Kebijakan Elitis Politik Indonesia, Yogyakarta:
Pustaka pelajar and Fisip UMM.
Novri dan Sukaremi.2012. Orang Rimba tak Luput dari Konflik Lahan,
Alam Sumatera, edition
Pruitt, Dean G dan Rubin. 2004.Teori Konflik Sosial, cet ke-I, Yogyakarta:
Pustaka Pelajar.
Ross, Cynthia. 2006.Before The Blaze, The Sforest: The Nature Of
Armed Resistance And Its Motivations In World War II. Thesis,
Washington State University.
Scott, James C. 1985.Weapons of the Weak: Everyday Forms of Resistance,
New Haven and London: Yale University Press.
Scott, James C. 1993.Perlawanan Kaum Tani, terj: Budi Kusworo et., al,
Jakarta: Yayasan obor Indonesia.
Sing, Rajendra. 2010.Gerakan Sosial Baru, terj: Eko P. Darmawan,
Resist Book: Yogyakarta.
Veeger, K.J. 1990. Realitas Sosial, Reflekasi Filsafat sosial atas hubungan
individu-masyarakat dalam cakrawala sejarah sosiologi,cet ke-iii,
Jakarta: PT Gramedia.
Wiratmoko, Nick T, et., al, (Penyunting). 2004.Yang Pusat dan Yang
Lokal, Antara Dominasi, Resistensi dan Akomodasi Politik di
Tingkat Lokal, Yogyakarta: Pustaka Pelajar dan Pustaka Percik.
Winarmo, Budi. 2012.Kebijakan Publik (Teori, Proses, dan Studi Kasus),
Newest Edition, Yogyakarta, CAPS.
Democratic Governance|
93
94
Part Two
Public Service Reform
95
96
ANALYSIS OF COMMUNITY SATISFACTION INDEX
ON INTEGRATED LICENSING SERVICE AGENCY
OF TEGAL REGENCY OF CENTRAL JAVA PROVINCE,
INDONESIA
Suranto*, Rendra Setyadiharja**, Arif Zainudin & Sri Sutjiatmi***
*Lecturer, Graduate Program of Governmental Affairs
and Administration
Universitas Muhammadiyah Yogyakarta
Email: suranto_umy@yahoo.com
**STISIPOL Raja Haji Tanjungpinang
Kepulauan Riau Province
E-mail: rendra_tanjungpinang@yahoo.co.id
***Lecturers, Govermental Studies
Pancasakti University Tegal
E-mail: arif_zainudin88@yahoo.com
Abstract
This study aims to explore the Community Satisfaction Index on
Integrated Licensing Service Agency (BP2T) of Tegal in 2014, and
wants to know people’s expectations about the services provided by
the Integrated Licensing Service Agency (BP2T) of Tegal in analyzing
community service index (CSI) on Integrated Licensing Service
Agency (BP2T) of Tegal, researchers used research indicators listed in
Permenpan No. 16 Year 2014 on Guidelines for the Implementation
of Societies Satisfaction Survey of Public Service. Based on the results
of questionnaires and interviews with respondents of 100 BP2T Tegal
service users, it was obtained that CSI valued 80.08 percent that was
converted into service quality classified as “good” or “B”. The result
increased from the previous year by 2 percent. Then to determine
the gap between expectation and service reality, researchers used
Cartesian diagram analysis or Importance Performance Analysis with
the result that the elements belonging to the quadrant A which were
Top Priority to optimize included service procedures, and service
time, and which belong to the elements of the quadrant B which
had to be maintained included service requirements, cost/tariffs,
product specifications, executor’s competency, executor’s behavior,
service edict, complaint or suggestion handling, and service input.B
97
Part Two: Public Service Reform
ased on the results of research that had been conducted, the
researchers provide recommendations for serviceimprovement in
the procedures and service time which can get special attention for
the process reform in the service business in BP2T Tegal.
Keywords: Community service, Community Satisfaction Index, BP2T
Tegal
INTRODUCTION
The United Nations Development Program (UNDP, 1997) defines
the concept of governance as “the use of the authority of economics,
politics and administration to manage state affairs at all levels”.
Governance includes all the mechanisms, processes and institutions
where citizens and community groups express interests or all of their
needs by using the legal right. In addition, the word good governance
means good government in the process of management in the provision
of community rights. The right of people, one of which is set out in the
constitutional, is getting optimal care from the government.
Indonesian government, in optimizing public services, imposes
a regional autonomy system which is local independence-oriented,
efficient and effective, as the mandate of Act 23 of 2014 on Regional
Government. In the era of regional autonomy, public service function
becomes one of attention foci in improving the performance of local
government. The spirit of decentralization requires the best services
to the public, more oriented to all needs of the community, so that
automatically various public service facilities can be brought closer so
that it is accessible to the public.
With the Act No. 32 of 2014 concerning local government, the field
which needs to be empowered is public service. That service is the basic
one that must be provided by the government to the public.
Local government as the service provider and the service arranger
has big authority to fulfill the basic needs of the public service. In
accordance with the mandate of Act No. 25 of 2009 on public services,
local government is required to provide basic services to the community.
The Act No. 25 of 2009 on public service divides the scope of the services
as public goods services, public services, and administrative services.
98 |Democratic Governance
Suranto, Rendra S., Arif Z. & Sri S. Analysis of Community...
As the effort to create good local governance, Integrated Licensing
Service Agency (BP2T) of Tegal commits to improve the quality of public
services. Integrated Licensing Service Agency (BP2T) is a mandate from
the Regulation of the Minister of the Internal Affairs No. 24 of 2006 on
Guidelines of One Stop Integrated Licensing Service Implementation.
With such regulation, the local government is required to make a
government agency that specifically deals with public administrative
services such as licensing and non-licensing services.
In the evaluation of the quality of public services in BP2T Tegal, the
researchers refer to the Decision of Administrative and Bureaucratic
Reform Minister No. 16 2014 Guideline of Community Satisfaction
Index. Satisfaction Index is an assessment of the community on the
services rendered. Evaluation of public services executed by BP2T
Tegalis conducted in every year, considering the acquisition of CSI
in 2013 which amounted to 79. The results of the CSI in 2013 or
the previous year arethe references to the increases quality of public
services. On a scale of one measurement period,will CSI in 2014
increase? In order to find it out, it is necessary to do an analysis of the
Community Satisfaction Index of Integrated Licensing Service Agency
(BP2T) of Tegal.
THEORITICAL FRAMEWORK
Public Service
In its nature, public service is a major task in the administration of
the State carried out by the State apparatus. Development emerging in a
number of countries in the field of public service indicates a shift more
towards the implementation of the principle of market orientation
in the provision of services (Osborn and Gaebler, 1999). In this case,
it means that the services provided by the government should give
priority to society.
The Act No. 25 of 2009, about the service, defines the public service
as an activity or series of activities in order to meet the needs of the
service in accordance with the laws and regulations for every citizen
and resident in the goods, services, and / or administrative services
provided by the public service provider who is the government.
Democratic Governance|
99
Part Two: Public Service Reform
In other words, the services are the main tasks and functions of
local government. This relates to three (3) government functions
namely, (AtikSepti&Ratminto, 2012):
(1) Servicing function
The presence of the government in its function of servicing to meet
the needs of the community is not discriminatory and not burdensome.
Government provides services and treats all people with equal rights:
the right to be served, the right to be respected and recognized.
(2) Regulating Function
A policy should be made more dynamically that governs
public life and minimizes state intervention in their lives. So, the
government function is to regulate and provide protection to the
public in living their life as citizens.
Government services can be classified into the administration and
construction services (Hoesein, 1995). But, based on the function of the
government in public service, there are 3 service functions. The first is
the Environmental Service. This includes the provision of facilities and
infrastructure such as the ones in the fields of education, health, religion,
spatial planning, etc. The second service function isthe Developmental
Service. This service has the characteristics of enabling and facilitating. This
can also bein the forms of infrastructure that can support the increase of
economic growth, including those like administrative services concerning
legalizing possession or presence of an individual in the community in the
forms of license services, ID cards, birth certificates, etc. The third service
is Protective Service. This kind of service is the provision of security and
protection service conducted by the civil service police, the military, the
police, etc. Nurcholis Hanif (2007) divides the functions of public service
into the ones in relation to Education, Health, Religious, Environment,
Recreation, Social, Residence, Cemetery, Civil Registration, Drinking
Water, and Legality of the document.
Measurement of Community Satisfaction Index
The quality of service has become one of the important issues in the
provision of public services in Indonesia. Therefore, all providers’ of public
services periodically improve the service quality. The first step to improve
public services is conducting an evaluation of the public service, so that
100 |Democratic Governance
Suranto, Rendra S., Arif Z. & Sri S. Analysis of Community...
the elements to be optimized can be found out. This evaluation can be also
done to see the response of public satisfaction on the service.
MENPAN Regulation No. 16 of 2014 on Guidelines for Measuring
Public Satisfaction Index is used to measure the level of public satisfaction
on public services. There are nine relevant, valid and reliable elements that
must be evaluated in the public service. The elements are as follows.
1. Requirements. These are terms which must be fulfilled in the execution
of a type of service, both technical and administrative ones.
2. Procedure. It is a standardized procedure of services for providers and
customers of services, including service of complaints.
3. Service Time. It is the length of time needed to complete the whole
process of service of each type of service.
4. Cost/Rates. It is the cost charged to the customers of services. The cost
is determined through an agreement between the executors and the
public
5. Product Specifications Service Type. It is the service provided and
accepted in accordance with the conditions set. This service product is
the result of any type of service specifications.
6. Executor’s Competence. This is the ability to be possessed by the
executors, including knowledge, expertise, skills and experience.
7. Executor’s Behavior. It is the official’s behavior in providing public
services.
8. Service Notice. This is a statement of capability and obligation of the
executors to carry out the service based on the service standard.
9. Handling of Complaints, Suggestions and Feedbacks. This is a
procedure for handling and following-up of the various opinions that
are conveyed by society.
RESEARCH METHODS
The analysis of the research of community satisfaction index and
analysis of people’s expectations about public services usedthe approach
of mix methodology by combining the methods of quantitative and
qualitative data analysis. (Creswell, 2012: 99)
The IKM was analysed by the guidelines on PERMENPAN No. 16
of 2014 on guidelines for measuring IKM by setting 9 elements used as
a parameter to assess the level of community satisfaction towards public
services. Then to see all slack between the expectations and values of
community satisfaction index, the researcher uses the Cartesian diagram.
Democratic Governance|
101
Part Two: Public Service Reform
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
Integrated Licensing Service Agency (BP2T) Tegal is a body
established to deal with matters of administration services. What is
meant by public service is the service of licensing and non-licensing.
Type of licensing services handled by BP2T is totaling 49 types of
licensing and 6 types of non-licensing.
Service activities from year 2009 - 2014 BP2T Tegal has realized a
number of 4300 documents as shown in Figure 2.6.
Figure 2.6.A Number of Licensing and Non-Licesing Documents
Source : Reseacher data analysis 2015.
The Respondent Characteristics
The sample communities to assess the IKM BP2T Tegal are users
or consumers of BP2T Tegal by the number of 100 respondents.
Based on the respondent’s age, group is dominated by > 41 years
reaching 58 percent, then the age group of 31-40 years is 23 percent, age
group 21-30 years is 18 percent, and the remaining 1 percent is the age
group of 17-20 years. The graph of age characteristics is presented below.
Figure. 2.7. Age-based Respondent Chararteristic
Source : Reseacher data analysis 2015
102 |Democratic Governance
Suranto, Rendra S., Arif Z. & Sri S. Analysis of Community...
People who enjoy services of BP2T Tegal are dominated by
the private employees by the amount of 41 percent, entrepreneur/
businessman by 38 percent, Civil Servant/force/police by 11 percent
and the remaining 10 percent of others. The graph of work-based
respondent characteristic can be seen in the following chart.
Figure. 2.8. Work-based Respondent Characteristic
Source: Researcher data analysis 2015.
Respondents in the IKM analysis of BP2T Tegal are mostly educated
persons of senior high school/equal by 42 percent, S1 (undergraduate)
by 36 percent, Junior high school/equal by 13 percent, elementary
school (SD) by 5 percent, and diploma by 2.7 percentas seen in the
chart below.
Figure. 2.9. Education-based Respondent characteristic
Source: Researcher data analysis, 2015.
Democratic Governance|
103
Part Two: Public Service Reform
The study says that the respondents in the IKM analysis of BP2T Tegal
majority of respondents using the services is dominated by male by 77
percent and female by 23 percent as can be seen in the following chart.
Figure. 2.10. Gender-based Respondent Characteristic
Source: Researcher data analysis, 2015.
IKM Analysis of BP2T Tegal
Analysis of Community Satisfaction Index (IKM) in the Integrated
Licensing Service Agency (BP2T) Tegal is based on the PERMENPAN RB
No. 16 of 2014 on Community Satisfaction Index measurement guidelines
with utilizing 9 elements as a parameter for assessing the level of IKM. The
elements are requirements, procedures, service time, cost/rates, product
specification type of service, executor’s competence, executor’s behavior,
service notice, handling of complaints, suggestions and feedback.
The calculation result of the level of community satisfaction on
services of Integrated Licensing Service Agency (BP2T) Tegal 2014
becomes a base evaluation of the process of service to the public. In the
calculation of the IKM of BP2T Tegal, the given equal weight to IKM
of BP2T Tegal overall index is the average achieved by each service
element. Recapitulation IKM value and quality service in each service
element can be seen in the following table.
Table 2.13.IKM per Element of BP2T Kota Tegal
IKM Per
Element
Conversion
score of IKM
Requirements
3,22
80,5
B
Procedures
3,08
77
B
Time Service
3,29
82,37
A
Cost/Rate
3,26
81,73
A
product specification type of service
3,15
78,78
B
Executor’s Competence
3,40
85
A
Element
104 |Democratic Governance
Quality Service
Suranto, Rendra S., Arif Z. & Sri S. Analysis of Community...
IKM Per
Element
Conversion
score of IKM
Executor’s Behaviour
3,31
82,77
A
Service Notice
3,12
78,28
B
handling of complaints,
suggestions and feedback
2,97
74,34
B
Total of NRR Measured
3,20
80,08
B
Element
IKM service Element
Quality Service
B
Source: Researcher data analysis, 2015.
The table above shows that the average community satisfaction
index (IKM) of Integrated Licensing Service Agency (BP2T) Tegal 2014
is 80.08 then converted to the value of quality service category B (good
performance) overall.
Related to the results of the IKM of BP2T Tegal of people’s
expectations, it is necessary to do a comparative analysis between
expectations and reality through the Importance Performance Analysis.
The analysis is performed to determine the priority order of service
elements that the performance of its services needs to be improved. The
efforts are done to increase community satisfaction of public services.
The results of the analysis of the expectation and reality in BP2T Tegal
2014 are presented in the following table.
Table 2.14.Result of the Expectation and Reality Analysis in BP2T Tegal
Quadrant A : Main Priority
Service Procedure
Service Time
Quadrant C : Sub Priority
Quadrant B : Achievement Maintenance
Requirement
Cost/Rate
product specification type of service, executor’s competence,
executor’s behavior,
service notice,
handling of complaints, suggestions
and feedback
Quadrant D : Element of inimportant
service
Source:Researcher data analysis 2015.
The table above shows that there are complaints of people who want
to have some changes in some elements of service in BP2T Tegal. These
elements are as Procedures and Time element which are a condition
Democratic Governance|
105
Part Two: Public Service Reform
that people expect to be the focus of improvement in servicing public.
It arises because the response from the public responding to the given
service processes. The following is the factor causing the emergence of the
procedure and service time elements.
Table 2.15.Factors Causing Elements Improvement
Servie Procedures
•
•
Optimalization of queue machine
License service depended on the
authority of institution/other offices.
Service Time
•
The time needed in average is more
about 5 working days.
Source: Researcher data analysis, 2015.
The dynamics of IKM BP2T Tegal
To be able to see the dynamics of change in the quality service in
the Integrated Licensing Service Agency (BP2T) Tegal years 2011 to
2014, then the comparative analysis is carried out of the year as shown
in the graph below.
Figure. 2.17.The Dynamics of IKM BP2T Tegal 2011 – 2014
Source: Researcher data analysis, 2015.
The chart above shows that there is a development of the IKM
value in BP2T Tegal in 2014.The average value of the development is
1.2 percent each year. It can be concluded that in general, the services
in BP2T Tegalis scored Good in the performance of public services.
CONCLUSION
The Community Satisfaction Index (IKM) in the Integrated
Licensing Service Agency Tegal 2014 as a whole amounted to 80.08
which increased 1.2 percentas compared with the IKM value in
106 |Democratic Governance
Suranto, Rendra S., Arif Z. & Sri S. Analysis of Community...
the previous year. Therefore, the value of IKM in 2014 after being
convertedto the quality service score is classified in category B, which
means an average performance in BP2T Tegal is rated “Good”.
Of the nine (9) elements tested the service in BP2T Tegal which
got the quality service in the category A (excellent performance) are the
time of service, executor’s competence, executor’sbehavior, and cost/
rate, while others like pre-service requirements, procedures, product
specifications types service, service notice, and handling complaints,
suggestions and inputs are classified in category B (good performance).
Based on the Importance Performance Analysis, there are several
elements thatare considered as top priorities in improving services in
BP2T Tegal. The elements are service procedures and service time.
Then the elements that are rated as “good” performance of the services
are the following requirements; cost/rate, product specification types,
executor’s competency, executor’s behavior, service notice, and handling
complaints, suggestions and feedback
REFERENCES
Anonim, “Laporan Indeks Kepuasan Masyarakat Kota Depok. Bappeda
Kota Depok”. 2008.
Haksever, “Study Guide for Service Management and Operations”,
Academi Internet Publishers, 2006.
Hanif, Nurcholis, Teori dan Praktek Pemerintah dan Otonomi Daerah,
Jakarta, Grasindo, 2007.
Huges, E. “Owen, Public Management and Administration: An
Introduction.The Mac Millan Press Ltd, Great Britain“, 1994.
Hossein, Benyamin, “Otonomi Daerah: Menuju Kepemerintahan yang
Baik Guna Pemberdayaan Sosial-Ekonomi Masyarakat.Seminar
Umum Universitas Muhammadiyah Yogyakarta, 1995.
Moenir, H.A.S, “Manajemen Pelayanan Umum di Indonesia. Bandung,
Bumi Aksara, 1998.
Pamoedji, S, “Tata Kerja Organisasi”. Bandung, Bumi Aksara, 1996.
Sinambela, “Reformasi Pelayanan Publik: Teori, Kebijakan dan
Implementasi”. Bandung, Bumi Aksara, 2008.
Septi Atik W, Ratminto, “Manajemen Pelayanan. Yogyakarta”, Pustaka
Pelajar, 2012.
Democratic Governance|
107
Part Two: Public Service Reform
BP2T, “Renstra BP2T Kota Tegal”, 2014.
Undang-Undang No. 23 tahun 2014 tentang Pemerintah Daerah
Undang-Undang No. 25 tahun 2009 tentang Pelayanan Publik.
Permendagri No. 24 tahun 2006 tentang Penyelenggaraan Pelayanan
Perizinan Terpadu.
Keputusan Menpan No. 16 tahun 2014 tentang Pedoman Umum
Penyusunan Indeks Kepuasan Masyarakat.
Perda No. 12 tahun 2008 tentang Organisasi dan Tata kerja Inspektorat,
Badan Perencanaan Pembangunan Daerah, Lembaga Teknis
Daerah dan Badan Pelayanan Perizinan Terpadu Kota Tegal.
Perwal No. 2 tahun 2009 tentang Pola dan Mekanisme Pelayanan
Perizinan dan Non Perizinan Pada Badan Pelayanan Perizinan
Terpadu Kota Tegal.
108 |Democratic Governance
THE IMPLEMENTATION OF MINIMUM SERVICE
STANDARDS IN THE FIELD OF HEALTH IN BAUBAU
CITY REGIONAL HOSPITAL (RSUD): A CASE STUDY
OF SPM REFERRAL SERVICES IN BAUBAU CITY
REGIONAL HOSPITAL
Suranto*, Dyah Mutiarin*, and Rahmat Dedi Saputra**
*Lecturer, Graduate Program of Governmental Affairs
and Administration
Universitas Muhammadiyah Yogyakarta
E-mail: suranto_umy@yahoo.com
dyahmutiarin@umy.ac.id
**Master of Government Affairs and Administration
Universitas Muhammadiyah Yogyakarta
Abstract
The hospital has a strategic role in the effort to accelerate the
improvement of public health level. The new paradigm of health
care requires hospitals to provide quality services according to
the needs and wishes of the patient with reference to the code of
ethics of profession and medical.The performance of health care
organizations typically usesa minimum standard criterion of service
in accordance with the Decree of the Minister of Health No. 741/
Menkes/Per/VII/2008.The decree outline includes; a) basic health
services, b) health care referrals, c) epidemiological investigation and
prevention of outbreaks and d) health promotion and community
empowerment.The purpose of this study is to investigate the
implementation of the minimum service standards in the areas of
health reference in Baubau City Regional Hospital and to determine
the factors that affect the minimum service standards in the field of
health reference in Baubau City Regional Hospital (RSUD). The method
used in this research is descriptive qualitative. The data collection
techniques in this research are interview and documentation.
Meanwhile, the technique used to analyze the data in this research is
descriptive analysis techniques. This analysis includes checking the
data, the data grouping, data checking, data analysis and conclusion
making. The results of this study showed that the implementation
of the Minimum Service Standards in the field of health reference
109
Part Two: Public Service Reform
in Baubau City Regional Hospital (RSUD) is already good. A minor
lack of SPM implementation in the field of health reference Baubau
City Hospital is in the amount of human resources required. The
factors that affect the implementation of minimum service standard
in the field of health reference in Baubau City Regional Hospital
are; Communication, disposition, and bureaucratic structure. As for
the factors of human resource, there is still a shortage of resources
because there is only 80 percent sufficiency of human resources in
Baubau City Regional Hospital.
Keywords: Minimum service standards of health and referral services
INTRODUCTION
Nowadays health problems have become the basic need of the
society. With their increasing standard of living, the public demand of
quality healthcare also increases. This requires health care providers
such as hospitals to improve the quality of service better, not only
the services of curing diseases but also covers preventive services to
improve the quality of life and provide satisfaction to consumers as
users of health services.
The hospital has a strategic role in the effort to accelerate the
improvement of public health level. The new paradigm of health care
requires hospitals to provide quality services according to the needs and
wishes of the patient with reference to the code of ethics of profession
and medical. In the rapid technological developments and the increasing
competition, the hospital is required to make improvements to the quality
of its service. Quality is at the core survival of an institution. Revolution
of quality movement through integrated quality management approach
becomes the demand that should not be ignored if an institution wants
to live and develop. The recent increasing competition demanded an
institution of service providers to always pamper the customers/consumers
by providing the best services. The consumers will be looking for a product
in the form of goods or services from companies that can provide the best
service to them (Assauri, 2003: 25).
To provide the best quality of service is not an easy task for the
manager of the hospital because the services provided by the hospital
110 |Democratic Governance
Suranto, Dyah M., Rahmat D. S.. The Implementation of...
is in regards to the patients’ quality of life so that when an error occurs
in the medical action, it can be a danger for the patient. The impact
can aggravate patients’ pain, disability and even death (Jacobalis, S.
1995: 68). Hospital, as part of the national health system is required
to improve the quality of the provision of facilities, services and
independence. Thus the hospital as one of the agents of a competitive
health care should be managed by actors who have an entrepreneurial
spirit which is capable of effiecient and excellent quality and service,
excellent innovation and excellent responsiveness to the needs of the
patient (Jacobalis, S. 1995: 77).
The performance of health care organizations typically uses a
minimum standard criterion of service in accordance with the Decree
of the Minister of Health No. 741/Menkes/Per/VII/2008. The decree
outline includes; a) basic health services, b) health care referrals, c)
epidemiological investigation and prevention of outbreaks and d)
health promotion and community empowerment. The referral health
service indicators include communication, resources, disposition and
structure of bureaucracy.
During the period of 2003-2008, the City Government of Baubau
has built a variety of health care facilities including: 6 healthcare
centers, 10 non-treatment health centers, 17 sub-health centers,
which are supported by motivating 138 Integrated Health Centers, 15
mobile health units as well as 187 medical and paramedics personnel
in The Regional Hospital (RSUD) of Baubau City with curative and
rehabilitative orientation. Meanwhile for the development of public
health activities, it is supported by 19 medics and 232 paramedic’s
personnel at the health center and its networks.
With the limitations of existing health workers in health centers or
hospitals, the health care needs should be referred to a hospital which has
enough health facilities. Based on the information above, researchers are
interested in conducting research with the title “The Implementation of
Minimum Service Standards in the Field of Health in Baubau City Regional
Hospital (A Case Study of SPM Referral Service in Baubau City Regional
Hospital). This research is aimed for the study results to eventually be used
as the groundwork for Baubau City in running one of its functions which
is to provide services for the health of the society.
Democratic Governance|
111
Part Two: Public Service Reform
THEORETICAL FRAMEWORK
Public Policy
The scope of the study of public policy is very broad because it
covers various fields and sectors such as economic, political, social,
cultural, legal, and so on. In addition, if seen from the hierarchy,
the public policy can be national, regional or local in forms of laws,
government regulations, presidential decree, ministerial decree,
local government/province regulations, the governor’s decision, the
district’s/city’s regulation, and the regent’s/mayor’s decision. Pressman
and Widavsky as quoted by Budi Winarno (2002: 17) define public
policy as hypothesis that contain initial conditions and predicted
consequences. Public policy should be distinguished from other forms
of policy such as private policy. It is influenced by the involvement of
non-governmental factors. Robert Eyestone as quoted by Leo Agustino
(2008: 6) defines public policy as “the relation between government
units with its surroundings”. Many people assume that the definition is
too broad to be understood, because what is meant by public policy can
include many things.
According to Nugroho, there are two characteristics of public
policy, namely: 1) public policy is something that is easy to understand,
because the meaning is “things which are done in order to achieve
national objectives”; 2) public policy is something that is easily
measured, because the size is clear that the extent to which progress
towards the ideals has been taken. According to Woll as quoted by
Tangkilisan (2003: 2), public policy is a number of government activities
to solve problems in the community, both directly and through various
institutions that affect people’s lives.
There are some experts who define public policy as actions taken
by the government in response to a public crisis or issue. As well as
Chandler and Plano as quoted by Tangkilisan (2003: 1), who state that
public policy is a strategic utilization of the available resources to solve
the problems of the public or the government. Furthermore, it is said
that public policy is a form of intervention which is done continuously
by the government in the interests of the disadvantaged groups in
society so that they can live, and participate in the development broadly.
112 |Democratic Governance
Suranto, Dyah M., Rahmat D. S.. The Implementation of...
The Definition of Policy Implementation
Implementation is one step in the process of public policy.
Implementation is usually conducted after a policy has been formulated
with clear objectives. Implementation is a series of activities in order to
deliver the policy to the public so that the policy can bring results, as expected
(Afan Gaffar, 2009: 295). The series of activities include the preparation of
advanced set of rules which is the interpretation of the policy. For example,
a statute appears with a number of Government Regulations, Presidential
Decrees, and Regional Regulation, for the preparation of resources to
move implementation including facilities and infrastructure, financial
resources, and of course everyone who is responsible for implementing the
policy, and how to deliver policy concretely to the public. The definition
of implementation as proposed by Solichin Abdul Wahab is as follows:
“Implementations are actions carried out by individuals or officials of
government groups or private that are directed at achieving the goals which
has been outlined in the policy decisions” (Wahab, 2001: 65).
Donald S. Van Meter and Carl E. Vanhorn stated “Policy
implementation encompasses those actions by public and private
individuals (or groups) that are directed at the achievement of
objectives set forth prior to the policy decision. This includes both onetime efforts to transform decisions into operational terms, as well as
continuing efforts to achieve the large and small changes mandates by
policy decisions (Meter and Vanhorn, 1975: 447).
Factors Affecting Policy Implementation
Based on the theory of George C. Edwards III (A.G. Subarsono,
2008: 90-92), the implementation of the policy is influenced by four
variables:
1. Communication. Effective communication processes is needed
within the framework of the implementation of the policy. Leaders
must communicate the policies to be implemented to the field that
are responsible in order to understand the intention and purpose
of the policy. Communication is something which connects the
organization and coordination is the origin of teamwork as well
as the formation of synergies and integration. Communication
between components of the EDS implementer should be done
intensively so that the performance can be optimized.
Democratic Governance|
113
Part Two: Public Service Reform
2. Resources. No matter how well the communication process of
implementing the policy to the policy implementer and how well the
command and authority has been given but if the resources available do
not support, then it can hinder the implementation of the policy. The
importance of resource issues in the implementation of EDS include: the
number of teachers involved, the necessary teacher skills, information
from principals and supervisors and various other adjustments.
3. Disposition. Disposition or attitude in question is the attitude of the
policy implementer; in this case the EDS program implementers. It is
associated with the presence of a strong stance for implementer that
has the capacity to implement the program. Component program
implementers need to be wholeheartedly committed in carrying out its
functions so that it will produce a balanced view that the program is to
be implemented for self- and school development towards the better.
4. Bureaucratic Structures. In the implementation of the policy, it
involves many people, fields and environments that may affect the
smoothness and success of the policy. Problems of coordination
between bureaucratic structures may be from the inhibitor of the
implementation of the policy. It requires a permanent procedure or
standard operating procedure (SOP) for the smoothness of the policy.
According to Merilee S. Grindle (Subarsono, 2005: 93) there
are two major variables that affect the implementation of the policy,
namely the content of policy and the context of implementation. Each
of these variables is broken down into several items. It is mentioned by
Subarsono (2005: 93).
The content of policy variable include (1) the extent to which the
interest of the target groups is included in the content of the policy; (2)
the type of benefits received by the target group; (3) the extent of the
desired change from a policy; (4) whether the location of a program is
appropriate; (5) whether a policy has mentioned the implementer in
detail; (6) whether a program supported by adequate resources.
While the context of policy variable includes: (1) how much power,
interests, and strategies that are owned by the actors are involved in the
policy implementation; (2) the characteristics of the institution and the
regime in power; (3) the level of compliance and responsiveness of the
target group.
114 |Democratic Governance
Suranto, Dyah M., Rahmat D. S.. The Implementation of...
This Grindle model is described by Suwitri (2008: 86-89). Content
variable is further detailed again into six elements, namely:
1. Parties whose interests are affected (interest affected). Theodore Lowi
(in Grindle, 1980) describes that the type of public policy created will
bring a certain impact on the kinds of political activity. Thus, if the
public policy is intended to lead to changes in social relations, politics,
economics, and so on, it will be able to stimulate the emergence of
resistance from those whose interest are threatened by the public policy.
2. Types of benefits that can be obtained (type of benefits). Programs
that provide benefits collectively or to many people are easier to gain
support and a high level of compliance of the target groups or the
public at large.
3. The range of changes that can be expected (extent of change envisioned).
Programs that are long-term and demanding change people’s behavior
and not directly or as soon as possible can benefit the public (target
groups) are more likely to experience difficulties in implementation.
4. The position of decision makers (site of decision making). The
more spread out the position of decision-makers in public policy
implementation, both geographically and organizationally, the more
difficult it is in implementing the program. It is because more and
more units of decision makers are involved in it.
5. Program implementers. The ability of the program implementer will
affect the successful implementation of the program. Bureaucracy
which has an active staff, qualified, skilled and dedicated to the
performance of duties strongly supports the successful implementation
of the program.
6. Sources that can be provided (resources committed). The availability
of adequate resources will support the successful implementation
of the program or public policy.
Efforts to Overcome Policy Barriers
Legislation is a means for the implementation of public policy.
A policy will be effective when in the making and implementation
supported by adequate means. The elements that must be met in order
for a policy to be implemented well are as follows:
Democratic Governance|
115
Part Two: Public Service Reform
1. The laws or the policy itself, where there is the possibility of a mismatch
between policies with unwritten law or custom prevailing in society.
2. The mentality of officers who implement the law or policy. The legal
officer (formally) which includes judges, prosecutors, police, and so
must have good mentality in implementing (applying) a legislation
or policy. For if there were otherwise, there will be disturbances or
obstacles in implementing the policy/legislation.
3. The facility, which is expected to support the implementation of a
rule of law. If the legislation is aimed to be done well, it should also
be supported by adequate facilities so as not to cause disturbances
or obstacles in its implementation.
4. The citizens as objects, in this case, require the public legal awareness,
legal compliance, and behavior as required by legislation (Bambang
Sunggono, 1994: 158).
Public Service
Services are often viewed as a complex phenomenon. The term
service itself has many meanings, ranging from personal service to
service as a product. Various concepts regarding the services are
proposed by the experts as Haksever et al. (2000) state that the service
is defined as an economic activity that generates time, place, form and
psychological usability. According to Edvardsson et al. (2005), the
service is also an activity, processes and interactions as well as a change
in the condition of a person or thing in the possession of the customer.
Sinambela (2010: 3) states that basically every human being in need
of service, even in the extreme it can be said that the service cannot be
separated from human life. According to Kotlern in Sampara Lukman,
the service is any activity that is beneficial in a collection or entity, and
offers a satisfaction even though the results are not tied to a physical
product. Furthermore Sampara arguesthat service is an activity that
occurs within interpersonal direct interaction with others or physical
machines, and provide customer satisfaction.
Meanwhile, the term publik is derived from the English ‘public’,
which means the general, community, and state. The word ‘public’ has
actually been accepted into Bahasa Indonesia Baku and became ‘publik’,
which means common, crowd, crowded. Inu et al. define ‘public’ as
116 |Democratic Governance
Suranto, Dyah M., Rahmat D. S.. The Implementation of...
a number of man who has a unity of thinking, feeling, expectations,
attitudes or actions which are right and good based on values and norms
are being owned. Therefore, the public service is defined as any activity
undertaken by the government towards a number of human beings
which has every profitable activity within a group or unity, and offer
satisfaction even though the results are not tied to a physical product.
Further it is said that public service can be defined as service
providers to (to serve) the purpose of the person or people who have
an interest in the organization in accordance with the basic rules and
procedures that have been established.
Health Services
Of the various forms of service, health service is one form of services
which, according to Levey and Loomba (1973) in Anwar (1999), is any
organized effort, alone or jointly, within an organization to maintain
and promote health, prevent illness and cure disease as well as the
recovery of health of individuals, families, groups, and communities.
According to Brotosaputro (1998), health services are all activities
that directly seek to produce health services needed or demanded by
society to deal with their health. Another source states that the definition
of health services is something whose main purpose is preventive and is
for the promotion of services (improvement of health) to the target of
community. Health services also perform curative services (treatment)
and convalescence (Notoatmodjo, 2003).
The purpose of health service is to improve the health and ability of
society as a whole in maintaining their health in order to achieve optimal
health status independently so that health services should be available,
accessible, acceptable by everyone; health policy-making should involve
the recipient of health service, the environment which influence the health
of the population, groups, families and individuals. Disease prevention is
needed to improve health. Health is the responsibility of the individual
and the client is a permanent member of the health team (Anwar, 1999).
According to WHO (1984) in Juanita (2001) it is mentioned that behavioral
factors that influence the use of health care services are:
1. Thoughts and Feelings. It is in the form of personal knowledge,
perceptions, attitudes, beliefs and assessments toward an object, in
this case the object of health.
Democratic Governance|
117
Part Two: Public Service Reform
2. Important people as reference (Personal Reference) A person is
more influenced by someone who is considered an important or
major influence on the encouragement of the use of health services.
3. Resources. It includes facilities, money, time, energy, and so on.
Sources also affect the behavior of a person or group of people in the
use of health services. The influence can be positive and negative.
4. Culture. It is in the form of norms that exist in society in relation to
the concept of healthy and sick.
Anwar (1999) describes a variety of health service which should
have the basic requirements, namely: the essential requirements that
give effect to the public in determining the choice of the use of health
care services in this case Integrated Health Care (Puskesmas), namely:
1. The Availability and Sustainability of Services. Good service is
the health services that are available in the community and are
sustainable. This means that all kinds of health services that are
needed by the community can be found as well as its presence in
the community and are available at every time of need.
2. Appropriateness and Public Acceptance. Good health service is
to be made appropriate and acceptable by the public. This means
that health services coping with the health problems dealt with, is
not contrary to the public customs, culture, and beliefs. If it is not
inappropriate, it is not a good health service.
3. Easily Reached by Community. The definition of reached here primarily
from the location which is easily accessible by the public, so that the
distribution of health facilities becomes very important. The range of
facilities supports the determining of the effective demand. When the
facility is easy to reach by using the means of transportation available,
the facility will be widely used. User level in the past and the trend is the
best indicator for long and short term changes of demand in the future.
4. Affordable. Good health service is a service that is affordable by
the public, which means that the cost of the service should be in
accordance with the economic ability. Expensive health care may
only be enjoyed by some people.
5. Quality. Quality indicates the level of perfection of health services are
organized and showed cure diseases as well as security measures that
can satisfy the users of services in accordance with established standards
118 |Democratic Governance
Suranto, Dyah M., Rahmat D. S.. The Implementation of...
RESEARCH METHODS
In this study, the writers used a qualitative descriptive study. According
to Sukmadinata, descriptive study is aimed to describe the events in the
present moment as it is. This research was conducted in Baubau City
Regional Hospital (RSUD). Baubau City Regional Hospital (RSUD) was
chosen because of the limitations of existing health workers in health
centers or hospitals, so that the health care needs should be referred to a
hospital that has enough health facilities. Meanwhile, the increasing needs
of people in Baubau to quality health service continue to rise. With such
circumstances, it is necessary for referral service to hospitals that have
sufficient facilities. In this case, Baubau City Regional Hospital (RSUD),
according to the researchers, has adequate health facilities. The type of data
used is primary data and secondary data. Primary data used in this study
is the result of interviews conducted with hospital’s president director,
chairman and patient in the Baubau City Regional Hospital (RSUD). While
the secondary data in this study are: General description of Baubau City
area, the profile of Baubau City Regional Hospital (RSUD), and the Baubau
City Regional Hospital (RSUD)’s annual report. The unit of analysis in this
study can be seen in Table 4 below:
Table 2.18.Data Analysis Unit
Unit Analysis
From the side of Baubau
City Regional Hospital
(RSUD)
Hospital’s referral patient
Informants Research
Subtotal
1.
Hospital’s director
1
2.
Hospital’s Public Relations
1
3.
Staff
4
Patient
5
Total
11
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
The Implementation of Minimum Service Standards in the Field of
Health Reference in Baubau City Regional Hospital (RSUD)
The results obtained in the field, the implementation of the
minimum service standards in the field of health reference in Baubau
City Regional Hospital are as follows.
Democratic Governance|
119
Part Two: Public Service Reform
Table 2.19.The Achievement of SPM in Baubau Regional Hospital
Achievement
2011
%
2012
%
2013
%
Achieved
77 indicators 85.56% 78 indicators 86.67%
81 indicators
90.00%
Not achieved
13 indicators 14.44% 12 indicators 13.33%
9 indicators
10.00%
Total
90 indicators 100%
90 indicators
100%
90 indicators 100%
Source: Baubau Regional Hospital, data processed in 2014.
Based on the above table, it can be seen that the implementation
of SPM in Baubau City Regional Hospital is quite good. This is because
in 2011 the indicator of SPM measurement which is not achieved is
only 13 items from 90 items of SPM indicators, meaning that it is only
14.44 percent. In the following year of 2012, there is an increase in
the achievement which is only 12 indicators or 13.33 percent. Then in
2013, it can be seen that it is only 9 indicators or 10percent which is
not achieved. Based on these results it can be seen that the Baubau City
Regional Hospital had made improvements to improve the quality of
health care in the community or the patient. The implementation of the
minimum service standards in health based policy is as follows.
The Results of Data Analysis in Dimension of Content of Policy
1. Parties whose interests are affected (interest affected)
Minimum service standards policy in the field of health affect
some other interests including the public welfare, the protection of the
right for health, and the ease of access to health and health services.
Here are the delivered parties which have interest in the SPM in
the field of health.
Table 2.20.Parties which Have Interest with the SPM
No.
Party of Interest
Type of Interest
1.
Regional Hospital
Meet the demands of SPM implementation.
2.
Patient
Get standardized (good) service.
3.
Community in general
Get a guarantee of good health.
2. Types of benefits that can be obtained (the type of benefits)
The type of benefits of minimum service standard policy in the
field of health covers providing health care standards.
120 |Democratic Governance
Suranto, Dyah M., Rahmat D. S.. The Implementation of...
Related to the rights of patients, in Act No. 36 of 2009, some include:
a. The rights to accept or reject some or all of the treatment (except of
being unconscious, severe infectious diseases, severe mental disorders).
b. The rights to personal secret (except on the orders of the Act, the
court, the relevant permit, the relevant interests, public interests).
c. The rights in demanding compensation due to error or negligence
(except for life-saving action or disability prevention).
Meanwhile some patients’ obligations are set in Act No. 29 of 2004
regarding Medical Practice, especially Article 53 of the Act, which
include:
a. Provide complete and truthful information about their health
issues.
b. Adhere to the advice and instructions of doctors and dentists.
c. Comply with regulatory requirements in health facilities and
infrastructure.
d. Giving fee for the services received.
With the minimum service standards, it will bring various benefits to
parties related to the SPM. Among these benefits are; good service, there is
a certainty on the rights and obligations of patients, which in turn allows
people to obtain needed services. In addition, for the hospitals, with the
implementation of SPM, the hospitals can certainly comply with the rules
issued by the government on Minimum Service Standards.
Resources that can be provided are defined as the adequacy of human
resources and financial resources and facilities and infrastructure. The
following is the HR data of Baubau City Regional Hospital.
Table 2.21. Total Employees in Baubau Regional Hospital
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
Total
Type of Employee
Doctor
Nurses
Pharmaceutical Workers
Community Health Workers
Nutrition & Physical Therapist Workers
Medical Technician Workers
Sub total
23
139
9
15
14
22
222
Source: Data processed from the 2013 year-end report of Baubau City Regional
Hospital.
Democratic Governance|
121
Part Two: Public Service Reform
Based on the table above, it is known that the number of employee in
Baubau City Regional Hospital is still lacking, especially doctors. This is
because doctors have a very vital role in health care. The number of doctor
available which is only as many as 23 people would result in service that
less than the maximum.Based on the information that has been described
above, it can be concluded that the implementation of SPM in the field of
health reference in Baubau City still needs to be improved. This deficiency
lies in the human resources in the Baubau City Regional Hospital.
The Result of Data Analysis in the Dimension of the Context of the
Policy
The dimension of the context of the policy is built based on several
indicators as follows:
1. Power, Interests and Strategies of Actors Involved. The Regional Hospital
is the actor involved and has interests in the policy of minimum service
standard in the field of health reference. The implementation of SPM
in Baubau City Regional Hospital has been done well.
2. The Characteristics of the Institutions and the Rulers. The
minimum service standard policy in the field of health reference is
implemented by Baubau Regional Hospital. The existence of SOP is
one proof of the seriousness of the hospitals in implementing SPM
in Baubau City Regional Hospital.
3. Compliance and Responsiveness. Minimum service standards
in the field of health are implemented properly by Baubau City
Regional Hospital. In general, the implementation of SPM has met
the minimum standards according to the Decree of the Minister of
Health. However, if the parameter is type C hospital then Baubau
City Regional Hospital has not fully implemented them. Based on
the analysis conducted, it can be said that the implementation of
the Minimum Service Standards in the field of health reference in
the Baubau City Regional Hospital is already good.
Factors Affecting the Implementation of Minimum Service Standards
in the Field of Health Reference in Baubau City Regional Hospital
The service to the community should be the optimal service,
meaning service which the quality can be justified and in accordance
with the needs and expectations of service users. It should be noted also
122 |Democratic Governance
Suranto, Dyah M., Rahmat D. S.. The Implementation of...
that the development goals organized by the hospital is to support the
achievement of national health development that is raising awareness,
willingness and ability to live a healthy life for everyone who lives in
the working area of the hospital in order to realize the highest health
status in order to realize a healthy Indonesia. Based on the Decree of
the Minister of Health No. 741/Menkes/PER/VII2008 related to health
service referrals, it must contain two elements, namely; referral patient
of 100 percent health service coverage of the poor in 2015 and coverage
of emergency services level 1 that should be provided 100 percent by
health facilities (hospitals) in Regency/City in the year 2015. Based on
the data obtained in Baubau City Regional Hospital is as follows:
a. The Coverage for the Poor Patients
Here is the data coverage of the poor who look for treatment in
Baubau City Regional Hospital with a wide range of health cards owned
by the patients.
Table 2.22.The Coverage of the Poor Patients
Year
Poor patients
Total Hospital’s
Patient
2011
2012
2013
Askes
JPS
Askes
JPS
Askes
Jamkesmas
950
1,356
832
1,306
620
957
3,174
2,931
2,103
Total
6,021
8,208
Source: Data from Baubau City Regional Hospital processed in 2011-2013.
Based on the table above, it can be seen that the number of patients
with poor category is as much as 6,021 patients from a total of 8,208
patients of Baubau City Regional Hospital for three years (2011-2013).
With this amount it means that coverage of the poor patients in Baubau
City Regional Hospital is 73 percent only. Based on this result, it can
be said that the coverage of the poor patients have not comply with the
Decree of the Minister of Health No. 741/Menkes/PER/VII2008 which
requires the patient’s poor coverage of 100percent.
b. The Coverage of Emergency Services
Below is presented the data on coverage of emergency services in
Baubau City Regional Hospital.
Democratic Governance|
123
Part Two: Public Service Reform
Table 2.23.The Coverage of Emergency Services
Types of Patients Payment
2011
2012
2013
Askes
950 (29.93%)
832 (28.39%)
620 (29.48%)
General
779 (24.54%)
724 (24.70%)
471 (22.40%)
Jamkesmas
JPS
Bahteramas
Jasa Raharja
Total
25 (0.79%)
22 (0.75%)
21 (1%)
1,356 (42.72%)
1,306 (44.56%)
957 (45.51%)
42 (1.32%)
43 (1.47%)
31 (1.47%)
22 (0.69%)
4 (0.14%)
3 (0.14%)
3174 (100%)
2931 (100%)
2103 (100%)
Source: Data from Baubau City Regional Hospital processed in 2011-2013.
Based on the table above, it is know that every year from 2011-2013
the coverage of emergency services in Baubau City Regional Hospital
reached 100 percent. With the result, it can be said that the scope of
the emergency services performed in the hospital have been able to
comply with the Decree of the Minister of Health No. 741/Menkes/
PER/VII/2008. While the factors that affect the implementation of the
minimum service standards in the field of health reference of Baubau
City General Hospital are as follows:
The Result of Dimensional Analysis of Communication
The dimension of communication in Baubau City Regional
Hospital was built by some indicators as follows:
1. Transmission. The communication support by hospitals is in the form of
socialization for referrals patient to assist the delivery of communication.
One form of the services that should be provided by a public servant is
socialization. Baubau City Regional Hospital has been carrying out this
function well. It is proven with the socialization into polies or part of
hospital services.
2. Consistency. The Regional Hospital carries out the supervision on the
implementation of the policy of minimum service standard in the field
of health reference. With the supervision of the management it would
improve the performance of hospital staff. SPM can eventually be
implemented well in Baubau City Regional Hospital.
3. Clarity. The hospital provides information media in the form leaflet,
brochures, information flow, and an information board for referrals
patient. The information media is provided by the Regional Hospital
124 |Democratic Governance
Suranto, Dyah M., Rahmat D. S.. The Implementation of...
through the service flow mounted in the hospital’s wall. There is no
printed media such as brochures, leaflet etc. The reason given is there
are lacks of hospitals that implement the use of information media
in the form of brochures and leaflet. This need is a concern from the
hospital, because the printed media can also help hospitals in terms of
publications to the society. Based on the above information, it can be
seen that the services provided by the Baubau City Regional Hospital
is already included in good category or already meet the minimum
standards of health care reference. There is a bit of lack in the use of
information media which is not yet optimal. It is shown in the absence
of the role of printed media such as brochures, banners and leaflet.
The Result of Dimensional Analysis of Resources
In the implementation of a policy, the implementer is of course
necessary in order to support the good implementation of the policy.
Without any personnel to carry out a program, then any policy cannot
be implemented and only remains a document without any realization.
Therefore, the availability of sufficient competence implementer can
encourage the success of the policy (Mangaro, 2013). Here are the results
of the dimensional analysis of resources in Baubau City Regional Hospital.
1. Staff
The regional hospital has sufficient human resources according to
their educational qualifications.
Based on the information above, the sufficiency of human resources
in Baubau City Regional Hospital is on midwives and nurses. Workers
such as general practitioners and specialist are not sufficient. Below is
the data of HR owned by the hospital:
Table 2.24.Hospital Staffsof Baubau City Regional Hospital
No.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Health Workers
Doctor
Dentist
General Practitioners
Nurses
Pharmacist
Nutritionists
Medical Technician Personnel
Number
7 People
3 People
13 People
139 People
9 People
14 People
22 People
Source: Hospital Report 2013.
Democratic Governance|
125
Part Two: Public Service Reform
Based on the table above, it appears that the number of doctors
is still very few which are 7 people only. This needs serious attention
of the manager of the hospital. Because the doctor is one of the main
elements that are needed to provide health services to the community.
It also needs additional hospital staff, because the existing staffs now are
not considered sufficient to provide maximum service to patients. This
is associated with the arrival of the number of referral patients as many
as 3,577 people in 2013 and the availability of doctors is only 7 people.
2. Information
Mass media, electronic and printed give pretty easy access to
information for referral patient to get the services. The information
media in Baubau City Regional Hospital already exists in the form of
billboards and flow of information. While for other media such as mass
media, printed and electronic have not been used maximally. In the
future, it needs attention from the hospitals, because these media also
help people in obtaining health services.
3. Authority
The staff carries out the minimum service standard referral health
field as mandated by the hospital.
4. Facilities
The hospital facilities are proper and have the funds to manage the
policy of minimum service standard in the field of health reference.
With the adequacy of the needs on hospital facilities, it will certainly
be able to support the performance of Baubau City Regional Hospital.
The adequacy of hospital facilities has also explained that Baubau City
Regional Hospital has implemented a minimum service standard in the
field of health reference. The results of the dimensional analysis of the
human resources in Baubau City Regional Hospital can be said to have
already been good. The weakness is related to personnel belonging to
the hospital. The number of staff is too few compared to the expected
needs. In the future, it is supposed to be noted by the hospitals to add
more hospital staff or employees so that the implementation of SPM in
the field of health could be better.
126 |Democratic Governance
Suranto, Dyah M., Rahmat D. S.. The Implementation of...
CONCLUSION
Based on the results of the study and discussion that has been done
in previous chapters related to the implementation of the minimum
service standards in the field of health in Baubau City Regional Hospital,
it can be concluded as follows:
It can be said that the implementation of the Minimum Service
Standards in the field of health in Baubau City Regional Hospital is
already good. A slight lack of the implementation of SPM in the field
of health reference Baubau City Regional Hospital is in the number of
human resources required.
Factors affecting the implementation of minimum service standard
in the field of health reference in Baubau City Regional Hospital, are;
Communication, Disposition and Bureaucratic Structure. While for
the resources factor, there is still a shortage of resources because the
sufficiency of human resources of Baubau City Regional Hospital only
covers 80 percent.
Based on the above conclusion, the researchers proposed
suggestions as follows:
Additional human resources in Baubau City Regional Hospital are
needed associated with the minimum service standards provided. This
suggestion is based on the results of the study that there is a shortage
of human resources in Baubau City Regional Hospital. If the financial
situation will be better, itallow hospitals to increase the number of
human resources of Baubau City hospitals and medical facilities and
infrastructure, because the existing infrastructure currently, is only
about 80%.
For other researchers who want to investigate the same issue,
namely the implementation of minimum service standards of hospital,
it is suggested to refer to the previous research.
REFERENCES
A.G. Subarsono. 2008. Analisis Kebijakan Publik. Yogyakarta: Pustaka
Pelajar.
Assauri, Sofyan 2003.Manajemen Pemasaran Jasa, Jilid 1, Jakarta: PT.
Gramedia Pustaka Utama.
Democratic Governance|
127
Part Two: Public Service Reform
Azwar, Saifuddin. 1999. Reliabilitas dan validitas: Seri pengukuran
Psikologi. Yogyakarta: Sigma Alpha.
Benyamin, David Pelayanan Kesehatan Masyarakat Di Puskesmas
Sempaja Kecamatan Samarinda Utara (Studi Implementasi
Peraturan Menteri Kesehatan RI Nomor 741/ Menkes/ Per/
VII/2008 Tentang Standar Pelayanan Minimal Bidang Kesehatan
di Kabupaten/Kota). eJournal Administrasi Negara, Volume 1,
Nomor 2, 2013: 440-452.
Brotosaputro, B., 1998. Pendidikan (Penyuluhan) Kesehatan Masyarakat.
Semarang: Badan Penerbit Universitas Diponegoro.
Edvardsson, Bo, Gerry Larsson, and Sven Setterlind. 1997. Internal
Service Quality and The Psychosocial Work Environment: An
Empirical Analysis of Conceptual Interrelatedness. The Service
Industries Journal Vol. 17.Page 252 -263.
Fajrin Saleh, Noer Bahry Noor dan Rini Anggraeni (2014) Evaluasi
Pelaksanaan Kebijakan Ponek Di RSUD Haji Padjonga Daeng
Ngalle Kabupaten Takalar. Jurnal Kesehatan Masyarakat
Universitas Hasanuddin.
Gaffar, Afan. 2009. Politik Indonesia: Transisi Menuju Demokrasi,
Yogyakarta: Pustaka Pelajar.
Juanita. 2001. Pengaruh Krisis Ekonomi Terhadap Pelayanan Kesehatan
Masyarakat. Skripsi. Universitas Sumatera Utara.
Kushandajani, Otonomi Desa Dan Implikasi UU. No. 32 Tahun 2004
Terhadap Penyelenggaraan Pemerintahan Desa; Telaah Normative
Dan Sosiologis” Jurnal Hukum Dan Dinamika Masyarakat, Vol. 3
(2) April 2006.
Mangaro, Elizabeth. Kinerja Pemerintah Daerah Dalam Pelayanan
Kesehatan Masyarakat Di Kecamatan Loloda Utara Kabupaten
Halmahera Utara.Jurnal Eksekutif.Vol 2, No 1 2013.
Meter, Donald Van, dan Carl Van Horn. 1975. The Policy Implementation
Process: A Conceptual Framework dalam Administration and
Society London: Sage.
Notoatmodjo, Soekidjo. 2003. Pendidikan Dan Perilaku Kesehatan.
Jakarta: Rineka Cipta.
Peraturan Menteri Kesehatan RI Nomor 741/MENKES/PER/VII/2008
Tentang Standar Pelayanan Minimal Bidang Kesehatan di
Kabupaten/Kota.
128 |Democratic Governance
Suranto, Dyah M., Rahmat D. S.. The Implementation of...
Sinambela, L.P. 2010.Reformasi Pelayanan Publik; Teori,Kebijakan dan.
Implementasi, cetakan kelima Jakarta: PT. Bumi Aksara.
Sugiyono. 2010. Metode Penelitian Kuantitatif, Kualitatif dan R & D.
Bandung: Alfabeta.
Suharno. 2010. Marketing in Practice, edisi pertama. Yogyakarta: Graha
Ilmu.
Sukmadinata, Nana Syaodih. 2011. Metode Penelitian Pendidikan.
Bandung: Remaja Rosdakarya.
Syaibani, Achmat .2010. Quality of serving for taken care in outpatient in
public health service (Puskesmas) Grogol Kabupaten Sukoharjo.
Thesis, Magister of Public Administration, Post Graduate
Programme, Sebelas Maret University Surakarta.
Tangkilisan, Hesel Nogi. 2003. Implementasi Kebijakan Publik.
Yogyakarta: Lukman.
Wahab, Solichin Abdul. 2001. Analisa Kebijakan Dari Formulasi ke.
Implementasi Kebijakan Negara. Jakarta: Bumi Aksara.
Winarno, Budi. 2002. Teori dan Proses Kebijakan Publik. Yogyakarta:
Media Pressindo.
Democratic Governance|
129
130
Part Three
Governance and Leadership
131
132
HOW DO ISLAM AND GOOD GOVERNANCE
ADDRESS PUBLIC ISSUES? A COMPARATIVE VIEW
IN THE CASE OF POVERTY AND CORRUPTION
Ridho Al-Hamdi
Lecturer, Department of Government Affairs and Administration
Universitas Muhammadiyah Yogyakarta
E-mail: ridhoalhamdi@umy.ac.id
Abstract
This study attempts to analyse the compatibility between Islam
and good governance in addressing two main public issues namely
poverty and corruption. To explain the compatibility both of them,
the study explores the policy, agenda and strategy each of them.
Employing literature review and a deep analysis, the main finding is
that Islam and western perspective have a similar concept, policies,
agendas and strategies in coping with poverty and corruption issues
among society. This study believes that poverty and corruption is
the root of backwardness and foolishness. Therefore, these should
be minimized, even diminished from societal life in order to gain
better prosperity in life.
Keywords: Islam, good governance, poverty alleviation, corruption
eradication
_____________
Ridho Al-Hamdi, MA is currently a PhD student in political science at TU Dortmund
University, Germany funded by DIKTI Republic of Indonesia.
INTRODUCTION
It cannot be denied that ten of the Muslim countries around the
world have similar problems related to poverty and corruption. These
two problems are still rampant within Muslim states whether in the
national and local levels. As a matter of fact, the problems are the root
of backwardness and foolishness for all human being. Due to these two
problems also, a state has no ability to move forward in achieving a
consolidated democracy and a people-centered welfare. Therefore,
this study aims to analyse whether Islamic tenets are compatible with
133
Part Three: Governance and Leadership
poverty alleviation and corruption eradication or not? If it’s compatible,
how does Islam deals with these two public issues? As a comparative
view, the study will present western’s good governance perspective. It
will demonstrate the compatibility between Islam and good governance.
Utilising a literature review, the study is going to analyse comparatively
on the policy, agenda and strategy of Islam and good governance in
coping with poverty and corruption issues.
For technical definitions, the policy is a set of interrelated decisions
regarding the selection of goals and the ways of obtaining them within a
specified situation (Jenkins, 1978: 15; Dye, 1984: 1). The agenda denotes
to a set of public issues as the application of the policy to be pursued.
It is typically more specific and operational statements than policy.
In other words, the agenda consists of programs and activities. In the
meantime, the strategy is the way it operates the agenda by interrelatedways. Therefore, four main sections will be provided in this study. First
is depicting the relationship between Islam and democracy in scholarly
approaches. Second is explaining the concept on Islam and good
governance. Third is analysing how Islam and good governance tackle
poverty issues. Fourth is examining how Islam and good governance
address corruption issues.
ISLAM AND DEMOCRACY: UNFINISHED DEBATE
Since the nineteenth century, Islam and democracy has been at
the heart of intellectual discourses in both the Muslim world and the
West. A number of previous studies demonstrate that there are, at least,
two main distinctive kinds of school of thought concerning Islam and
democracy. The view that Islam is incompatible with democracy can
be reflected in works by Huntington (1984, 1991), Kedourie (1992),
Fukuyama (1992, 2001), and Lewis (2002). These scholars believe that
Islam is inimical to democracy, because the two are different creatures.
Meanwhile, the opposite perspective that Islam definitely has a positive
culture with democracy can be represented by Rubenstein (1994),
Anderson (1995), Halliday (1996), Entelis (1997), Gerges (1999), Rose
(2002), Said (2002), Fish (2002), Tessler (2002), Al-Braizat (2002),
and Norris and Inglehart (2003) who theorise that the absence of
democracy in Muslim countries is not associated with Islam, but with
134 |Democratic Governance
Ridho Al-Hamdi. How Do Islam and...
non-Islamic factors such as social and political economy, geopolitics,
and international factors. The last view is also reinforced by Esposito
and Voll (1996), Hefner (2000; 2009), Mousalli (2001), Mujani (2003),
Abulbaki (2008), Akyol (2009) and Achilov (2010) who postulate that
Islam as a political culture has positive values for democracy even with
the capitalism.
Huntington (1984: 216) argues that the Islamic resurgence and the
rise of fundamentalist movements would seem to diminish democratic
development particularly since democracy is frequently identified
with the extremely Western. In addition, many Muslim states are
very poor. One serious impediment to democratisation in Muslim
countries, refers to Huntington (1991: 297-298), is the weakness of real
commitment among its political leaders to democratic values, such as
Adnan Menderes in Turkey and Soekarno in Indonesia. These leaders
won power through the electoral system, but they used their power to
undermine that system. It is hard to identify any Muslim leaders who
made a reputation as an advocate of democracy. Afterward, Kedourie
(1992: 1) posits that Islamic beliefs, norms, attitudes, and experience
have shaped a distinctive view of politics. Muslims are proud of their
heritage and closed to the outside world. This civilisation is a constraint
for Muslims to learn about and to appreciate the social and political
progress achieved by others.
Furthermore, Fukuyama (1992: 347) is sure that although there
have been pressures for greater democracy in the Middle East, Islam in
these countries is a major barrier to democratisation because it brings
power tothe Islamic fundamentalists hoping to establish some forms of
popular theocracy. A month after the 9/11 tragedy, Fukuyama (October
11, 2001) forcefully claims that the fundamentalist versions of Islam
which have been dominant in recent years, make Muslim societies
particularly resistant to modernity. In Fukuyama’s view, modernity can
be characterised by liberal democracy and capitalism. Similarly, Lewis
(2002: 100) assumes that the exclusivity of Islam lies in the fact that
religion regulates all aspects of Muslim life by a single divine law named
sharia. There is no distinction between the law of religion and the law
of the state.
Democratic Governance|
135
Part Three: Governance and Leadership
On the other hand, Norris and Inglehart (2003) discover that there
is no significant difference in reinforcement for democratic values
among Muslims and non-Muslims. Muslims in fact support positively
democratic institutions. Moreover, Fish (2002: 4-37) urges that despite
being poorer than the West, the interpersonal trust in Muslim countries
is higher than in Catholic countries. The only problem in Muslim
countries is that Muslims are likely not to support gender equality.
However, the case of Megawati Sukarnoputri in Indonesia show
that democracy’s prospect in Muslim countries is more favourable.
Afterward, Mousalli (2001) reveals that the concepts of shura and ikhtilaf
are substantively democratic norms and values. Esposito and Voll
(1996) refer to ijtihad and ijma‘ as Islamic norms which substantively
reflect democratic culture. The political participation as a core concept
in democracy is not an alien concept to Muslims. Employing World
Values Survey data from Egypt, Jordan, Morocco, and Algeria, Tessler
(2002: 229, 245) attempts to assess the influence of Islamic orientations
on the attitudes toward democracy. The result shows that strong
Islamic attachments is not incompatible with democracy and does not
discourage the emergence of attitudes favorable to democracy to any
significant degree. He also found that Islam as a set of personal religious
practices and political values does not have a significant impact on the
support for democratic values.
Furthermore, Al-Braizat (2002: 269, 292) rejects Fukuyama’s claim.
He argues that Islam is largely irrelevant as an explanatory variable
for democracy or authoritarianism. Concentrating on religion as the
sole independent variable or a yardstick could be seriously misleading
and spurious. For Al-Braizat, Islam neither explains democracy nor
authoritarianism. Support to Nazih Ayubi’s theory (1991), he believes
that Islam is not a political religion. Also, through his cross-national
analysis in Kazakhstan and Turkey, Achilov (2010: 217-224) reveals the
fact that Islamic institutions which represented by Islamic educational,
financial, and political institutions can coexist with basic elements
of democracy, civil liberties and political rights and vice versa. Thus,
Islam will continue to shape the democratisation process in Muslim
politics for years to come. Even Akyol (2009: 41) is sure that Islam is
very compatible with the Western’s capitalist economy supplemented
136 |Democratic Governance
Ridho Al-Hamdi. How Do Islam and...
by a set of moral values which stress the care of the poor and the needy,
because Islam actually is a religion founded by a businessman where
the Prophet Mohammad SAW was a successful merchant for the greater
part of his live and one that has cherished trade since its beginning.
ISLAM AND GOOD GOVERNANCE: UNIFYING THE CONCEPT
In the contemporary world, there has been a common consensus
that good governance is an essential for human resource development
in any society or state. Numerous international institutions such
World Bank, the United Nations of Development Program (UNDP)
and the International Monetary Fund (IMF) play vital roles to reach
democratic governance. The impact of this phenomenal notion is that
Islam by and at large is abandoned or deemed as alien from the reality.
Thus, Khatab and Bouma (2007: 7) attempt to classify two different
views among Muslim society and scholars concerning Islam and polity
encompassing democracy and governance. Some argue that Islam as
simply a religion without the right to govern or to order the daily affairs
of human life. Others view that Islam as not merely a religion, but also
a system and social order in all aspects of human life including the state
and the law. Nonetheless, the fact that the failure of Muslim countries
particularly in the Middle East and North Africa (MENA) regions in
installing the democratic system revealed that political Islam embracing
Islam as a religion is unable to maintain power and to create a new
society. Therefore, this section attempts to provide a set of theoretical
framework on the relationship between Islam and good governance.
In spite of the reference to two primary sources of Muslim teachings
namely Al-Qur’an and As-Sunnah to define good governance, it cannot
be stated precisely that the two Muslims’ sources left a definite method
of electing a leader or successor. Yet, according to Adebayo (2010: 1),
democracy, as a matter of fact, is a concept which have been borrowed
from Islam. Muslims has bequeathed a set of scientific knowledge and
civilisation to the world which were later de-Islamised and westernised,
then a system of government which allows for the rule of law,
sovereignty, equity and justice, human rights and mutual consultation
should not have escaped the knowledge of the western world. The
west grasped every good thing from the Muslims, secularised it before
Democratic Governance|
137
Part Three: Governance and Leadership
representing it to the rest of the world. Moreover, good governance, as
was explained by Hashem (2007: 63),isa bridge to strive in achieving
justice in society, maintaining the dignity of individuals and protect
group freedom, steering individuals towards achieving a means of
sustainable livelihood before aspiring for other luxuries in social life.
In Islam, the model of good governance has been explaining in
a set of stories on the leadership of God’s apostles as mentioned in
Al-Qur’an chapters. More obviously, Naqvi et al (2011: 10986-10988)
demonstrates that the story of Zulqarnain can be found in the Chapter
18 verse 83 to 101, the story of Moses and Haroon is in the Chapter 2
verse 40 and onwards, the story of Taloot is in the Chapter 2 verse 246
to 252, the story of Dawood is in the Chapter 38 verse 18 to 26 and in
the Chapter 29 verse 15 to 45, the story of Solomon is in the Chapter
38 and in the Chapter 29 verse 31 to 40, the story of Joseph is in the
Chapter 12 verse 55 and onwards as well as the story of Muhammad can
be traced in the Chapter 47 and in the various chapters in the Qur’an.
Additionally, Adebayo (2010: 4-10) inserts that the Islamic model of
governance was also depicted by Khularaur Rasyidin.
Therefore, Naqvi et al (2011: 10990-10991) believe that the principal
determinants of good governance in Islam are the leader’s personality
and his leadership skills which can dominate over and optimise the
required institutional infrastructures. The leader has to be responsible
to ensure all parameters and essentials required for maintaining good
governance. Thus, we need the right leader who has a personal charisma
and a sophisticated leadership skill to run the routine government
affairs. Consequently, a state has to be ruled by leaders who have these
criteria: having a commitment to earn God’s happiness and having a
concern to people’s welfare, an intellectual and fair commander, an
effective planner, a rational policy maker, a thrifty financial manager,
a distributor of justified taxation, a firm advocate of human rights,
an astute defense planner, and an effective change manager causing
revolution or evolution as applicable in societies. These requirements,
indeed, demonstrate the importance of a mechanism on how to
identify and elect the right leader of the government. Besides, Hashem
(2007: 71) is also sure that the peace and stability in Muslim countries
are dependent on the collective ability to go beyond the repudiation
138 |Democratic Governance
Ridho Al-Hamdi. How Do Islam and...
authoritarian regimes and incompetent rulers. However, it depends
on the approval of the majority of the society including non-religious
individuals who accept Islam only as a civilisation, not identity.
In the western world, the concept on good governance was
developed primarily by a number of multilateral development
institutions, i.e. World Bank, UNDP, and IMF. In accordance with this,
World Bank (1992: 1) attempts to set up good governance, synonymous
with sound development management, as the manner in which power
is exercised in the management of a country’s economic and social
resources for development. Good governance is central to create and
sustain an environment which fosters strong and equitable development,
and it is an essential complement to sound economic policies. Thus,
the government plays a vital role in the provision of public goods and
establishes the rules which make markets work efficiently and correctly
to avoid market failure. In order to play this role, the government needs
revenues and agents to collect revenues and produce the public goods.
Likewise, UNDP (1997b) words good governance as the exercise of
economic, political, and administrative authority to manage a country’s
affairs at all levels. The economic governance encompasses the decisionmaking process which affects the country’s economic activities and its
relationships with other economies. The political governance is the process
of decision-making to formulate policy. The administrative governance
is the system of policy implementation. There are three actors of good
governance: the state, the private sector, and civil society. These institutions
should be designed to contribute to the sustainable human development.
As the result, UNDP (2010: 5) assumes that democratic governance should
embrace mechanisms, processes, and institutions which determine how
power is exercised, how decisions are made on public issues, and how
citizens articulate their interests, exercise their legal rights, meet their
obligations, and mediate their differences.
Meanwhile, IMF (2014: 1) argues that good governance is a
broad concept covering all aspects of the way a country is governed,
embracing its economic policies and regulatory framework as well as
adherence to the rule of law. IMF places a great stress on promoting
good governance when providing policy advice, financial support,
and technical assistance to its member countries. IMF also has strong
Democratic Governance|
139
Part Three: Governance and Leadership
measures in place to ensure integrity, impartiality, and honesty in the
discharge of its own professional obligations. However, IMF (1997: 3)
has primary concerns merely related with macroeconomic stability,
external viability, and orderly economic growth in member countries.
Its involvement in governance should be restricted to economic aspects
of governance. Moreover, World Bank (1994: 1-36) provides four
major components of good governance: public-sector management,
accountability, legal framework for development, and transparency and
information. Meanwhile, according to UNDP (1997b), good governance
has nine fundamental characteristics. They are participation, rule
of law, transparency, responsiveness, consensus orientation, equity,
effectiveness and efficiency, accountability, and strategic vision.
Based on both Islam and the west perspective which was explored
above, this study defines good governance as the manner, strategy, and
bridge to strive human standard basic needs, social justice and stability
as well as individual and group freedom by utilising local revenues and
resources before aspiring further high needs. It can be reached only
through the legal and elected government and other official democratic
institutions which they are incorporating with private sectors and civil
society. With respect to the features of good governance, it can be implied
that it consists of participatory, law enforcement, accountable, effective and
efficient, transparent, responsive, predictable, equitable, and leadership.
Meanwhile, regarding the agenda of good governance, Islam focuses on the
role and responsibility of leadership in ruling the state’s resources. Word
Bank concerns with the type of state regime in which power is exercised
in the management of the economic and social resources, and the capacity
of the government to formulate policies. UNDP dedicates itself to human
development and political institution reform. IMF prefers to choose the
reform of economic and social resource control. Nevertheless, they have
same goals that the power has to be controlled by the right government to
maintain the state’s resources.
HOW TO DEAL WITH POVERTY ISSUES?
Literally, the term of “poverty” in Islam has, at least, eight similar
words as cited in the Holy Qur’an: miskin (mentioned twenty-five
times), faqir (thirteen times), imlaq (twice), sail (four times), mahrum
140 |Democratic Governance
Ridho Al-Hamdi. How Do Islam and...
(twice), qooni’ (once),mu’tar (once), and bais (once). It reveals that
Islam pays in-depth attention to poverty. According to Sabra (2000:
8-10) Miskin refers to a person worthy of pity, who may not actually be
impoverished. It can be applied to any person who suffers misfortune of
some kind and is worthy of one’s pity or deserving of sympathy. The term
of miskin is always paired with faqir which has two meanings: poverty
and need. Both refer to a person suffering from material deprivation
which differs by degree. If miskin is who possessed some property,
while faqir who was totally have no anything. However, both terms
refer to those sufficiently poor to receive zakat. In doing so, poverty
can be attributed to a person who is lacking material possessions or
wealth and related to the stark reality of deprivation. Moreover, poverty
can be explained in different ways correlated with income, material
possessions, the community to which one belongs, etc. In fact, Güner
(2005: 1, 9-10) argues that there is a fundamental misunderstanding
amongst Muslims that they believe poverty is a part of a blessing from
God and prosperity is likely moving people far from the wishes of Allah.
This thought affects Muslims living in the deprivation and dependent
on developed countries. Thus, Muslims should turn to basic Islamic
teachings that Islam forcefully cares with poverty and encourages its
believers to be a prosperous Muslim.
In the same way, UNDP (1997a: 16-17) states that poverty can
be seen from three different perspectives. First is income perspective.
A poor person is who has income level under the defined poverty
line. The cut-off poverty line frequently is defined in terms of having
enough income for a particular amount of food. Second is basic needs
perspective. Poverty is deprivation in fulfilling minimum requirements
of human needs embracing the lack of food, basic health and education,
essential services, employment, and participation. Three is capability
perspective. Poverty represents the absence of some basic capabilities of
people whether mentally or physically to achieve the smallest number
of human necessary. Moreover, UNDP (1997a: 18) portrays that the
deprivation is affected by three essential elements of human life.
First, deprivation correlates to survival (the vulnerability of death at
a relatively early age). Second, it relates to knowledge (being excluded
from the world of reading and communication). Third, it links up to a
Democratic Governance|
141
Part Three: Governance and Leadership
decent standard of living. This is represented by a composite of three
variables: the percentage of people with access to health services and
to safe water, and the proportion of malnourished children under five.
Thus, World Bank (2001: 1) puts forward that poor people are who live
without fundamental freedoms of action and choice that the betteroff take for granted. They also face extreme vulnerability to ill health,
economic dislocation, and natural disasters and are often exposed to ill
treatment by institutions of the state and society as well as are powerless
to influence key decisions affecting their lives.
Policy.Islamic teachings, as said by Hamka (Tafsir Al-Azhar, the
Chapter 107), believe that the essence of religion for human is not
only conducting ritual worship and fasting but also giving charitable
activities or feeding to the orphans and the poor people. Thus, Latief
(2012: 1, 36) defines charity as a deed related to giving, receiving,
helping, grantingand the redistribution of wealth. People tend to
associate the charity with the practice of assisting the poor, the way the
wealthy share their fortunes, and other such good deeds. In general, a
charitable deed is considered as religiously meritorious and remains
central to religiously-inspired social activism. Meanwhile, Islamic
charity is the return of wealth which the rich should return or give
their possessions to the poor. This is a mechanism to circulate wealth
which underpins the fiscal theory of early Muslim society. The main
idea of almsgiving is the purification of property,and the idea of the
redistribution of property is a sociological and economic aspect of
Islamic charity. Charitable activities in Indonesian current life are
increasingly becoming modern trends among society and providing
assistance to implement people welfare.
However, World Bank (2014: 2) assumes that the world should
not alleviate extreme poverty, but it must only meet with the MDGs
target of halving world poverty. Current trends show a good progress
that around 40 percent of developing countries have already achieved
the first MDGs, and only 17 percent are seriously off track. It means
that they would be unable, at current rates of progress, to have extreme
poverty rates by 2030. Coping with this global poverty and inequality, the
international community has set several goals for the opening years of
the century: reducing by half the proportion of people living in extreme
142 |Democratic Governance
Ridho Al-Hamdi. How Do Islam and...
income poverty, ensuring universal primary education, eliminating
gender disparity in education, reducing infant and child mortality by
two-thirds, reducing maternal mortality by three-quarters, ensuring
universal access to reproductive health services, and implementing
national strategies for sustainable development in each country. Thus,
UNDP (1997a: 89-90) offers some policies. For the national policy, it
consists of managing trade and capital flows more carefully, investing
in poor people, fostering small enterprise, managing new technology,
reducing poverty and providing safety nets, improving governance.
Meanwhile, for the international policy, it contains a more supportive
macro-economic policy environment for poverty eradication, a
fairer institutional environment for global trade, a partnership with
multinational corporations to promote growth for poverty reduction,
action to stop the race to the bottom, selective support for global
technology priorities, action on global debt, and better access to finance
for poor countries.
Agenda. From various studies on Islamic charitables, this study
decides to select some agendas. Distributing zakat (mandatory
almsgiving), infaq and shadaqah (voluntary giving) is a major agenda
for Muslim society to alleviate poverty and deprivation. According to
Richardson (2004: 156), zakat denotes to the compulsory transfer of a
prescribed proportion of property by a Muslim who owns more wealth
than the limit dictated under sharia. It is a pillar of faith and a deed of
worship which involves monetary and fiscal action. Practically, zakat is
a 2.5 percent tax levied on certain assets, including savings accounts,
gold, and silver. The funds collected are used for charitable activities to
improve the living standards of poor people embracing health care and
education provision. Thus, Bhuiyan et al (2012: 1388) believes that the
concept of zakat based on Islamic mode of financing is the best strategy
to alleviate poverty and guarantee sustainable livelihood.
A number of evidences in Muslim countries demonstrate
that Islamic economics practically could assist to alleviate poverty
and could grow rapidly in current life as a tool to diminish poverty
problems. Farooq (2008: 55-58) presents an instance that if zakat is
properly instituted and riba is eliminated, the poverty has a tendency
to reductionism. In Selangor Malaysia, Ibrahim (2006: iv) proves that
Democratic Governance|
143
Part Three: Governance and Leadership
the circulation of zakat has positive contributions in reducing income
inequality and lessening the severity of poverty. In Pakistan, Malik et
al (1994: 947) as well as Akram and Afzal (2014: 1, 36) display that
the disbursement of zakat an infaq among the poor, needy, destitute,
orphans, and widows has play a significant role in fulfilling their basic
needs and alleviating chronic poverty in the short run as well as in the
long run. Likewise, in Pasuruan Indonesia, Effendi (2013: i-ii) depicts
that the Islamic microfinance is the best means to combat poverty and
allows the poor to empower both themselves and their communities
through the creation and sustainment of their own businesses. People
can maintain financial performances and increase client bases within
a regional context. Its primary objective is self-sustainability. Thus,
the programmes of the Islamic microfinance institutions in three
different areas (upland, lowland, and coastal) positively contribute to
alleviate poverty where microfinance clients and are able to develop
their businesses after receiving financing or loans. Likewise, Riwajanti
(2014: 60-61) attempts to draw the successful role of BMT in East Java
in reducing poverty as well as improving sales, business expenditure,
net income, household expenditure, and employment.
It is also important to note that to reduce poverty, Latief (2012:
129-167) proposes another agenda namely provisioning health
assistance for disadvantaged segments of society as a trend of the
rise of zakat agencies in Indonesia. The growth of charitable clinics
is influenced by the increase of Islamic aid and various social funds
collected by zakat agencies. There has been a new tendency within
national and multinational corporations in Indonesia to channel
social funds to zakat agencies.The health assistance more specifically
is also well-known as Islamic charitable clinics which set up by zakat
agencies. There are two mains zakat agencies in Indonesia which
established this agenda: Dompet Dhuafa and Rumah Zakat Indonesia.
They have functioned as a mechanism to redistribute almsgiving to
deserved beneficiaries, as an approach to interpret religious notions of
welfare into social and economic domains, and implicitly, as a strategy
to evaluate the feebleness of state welfare provision in the arena of
healthcare. In addition, Muhammadiyah and ‘Aisyiyah clinics also have
conducted similar deeds in providing health assistances.
144 |Democratic Governance
Ridho Al-Hamdi. How Do Islam and...
In the western scholarship, World Bank (2001: 8-11) has
three national agendas. First is opportunity, which embraces the
encouragement of effective private investment, expanding into
international markets, building the assets of poor people, addressing
asset inequalities across gender, ethnic, racial, and social divides, and
getting infrastructure and knowledge to poor areas–rural and urban.
Second is empowerment, consists of laying the political and legal
basis for inclusive development, creating public administrations that
foster growth and equity, promoting inclusive decentralization and
community development, promoting gender equity, tackling social
barriers, and supporting poor people’s social capital. Third is security;
encompasses formulating a modular approach to helping poor people
manage risk, developing national programs to prevent, prepare for, and
respond to macro shocks—financial and natural, designing national
systems of social risk management that are also pro-growth, addressing
civil conflicts, and tackling the HIV/AIDS epidemic.
Meanwhile, UNDP (1997a: 80-81) has its own agendas for poverty
alleviation. First is restoring and accelerating economic growth. Second
is promoting pro-poor growth to improve incomes and productivity in
smallholder agriculture. Third is reversing environmental degradation.
Fourth is stemming the spread of HN/AIDS among poor people through
multisectoral, people-centred programmes. Fifth is accelerating the
demographic transition in countries where fertility rates are still high.
Sixth is developing instruments to improve the processes for peace
building, conflict resolution and prevention as well as to help displaced
persons. Afterward, strengthening poors’ abilities to fight poverty and
build their assets should underpin the strategy for poverty alleviation.
Besides, we require a policy to ensure the access of the poor to the
critical economic asset of land, credit and housing; to ensure the access
of the poor to health service and educational opportunities that can
build their capabilities; and to create a policy environment which
promotes pro-poor growth.
Strategy. As stated by Latief (2012: 305-310), Islamic charitable
clinics are not only manifested as Islamic giving, but also as social
aid from ‘secular’ institutions. Additionally, the emergence of Islamic
aid associations such as zakat agencies which specifically cater to
Democratic Governance|
145
Part Three: Governance and Leadership
disadvantaged communities in society may signify their rational
responses to insufficient provision of crucial services (health, education,
welfare and security). It is certainly correct that charitable action
is closely related to the concept of muslaha which associated with
‘imagined Islamic welfare societies’. Islamic teachings should fulfill the
needs of the society not only in terms of their physical well-being, but
also their spiritual health and religious identity.
World Bank (2000: i) underlines that to confront the challenge
of reducing poverty, it must address the root causes of poverty and
focus on necessary conditions for sustainable development. Poorly
functioning public sector institutions and weak governance are major
constraints to growth and equitable development in many developing
countries. Thus, World Bank (2001: 6-7) proposes three strategies to
alleviate poverty. First is promoting opportunity. It should be conducted
to provide and expand large chances for poor people to reach their basic
needs. Economic growth is vital for generating opportunity and greater
equity is important for rapid progress in reducing poverty. Second
is facilitating empowerment. The government and social institutions
should collaborate to strengthen the participation of poor people in
political processes and local decision-making. It is also important to
remove social and institutional barriers which is a result of distinctions
of gender, ethnicity, and social status because responsive institutions
are a part of the overall growth process. Third is enhancing security.
Diminishing vulnerability is a part of enhancing well-being. It requires
the national action in managing the risk of economy wide shocks and
effective mechanisms to reduce the risks faced by poor people, building
of assets for them, diversifying household activities, and providing a
range of insurance mechanisms to cope with adverse shocks.
HOW TO COPE WITH CORRUPTION ISSUES?
Islam has a number of accounts concerning corruption with
various analogies. The term of “corruption” can refers to the word
of ghasab which means a robbery crime or embezzlement of state’s
treasury illegally (the Chapter 18 verse 79). It can also be part of hirabah
(the Chapter 5 verse 33) which denotes to doing chaos and bloodshed.
Most Muslim scholars define hirabah as a violence deed which carried
146 |Democratic Governance
Ridho Al-Hamdi. How Do Islam and...
out by a person or groups of people to others in order to take over their
treasury (Sabiq, 1998: 195). Afterward, corruption also can be defined
as risywah which means a bribery act which carried out by minimally
two people or more. One person, on one hand, is a briber (al-rasyi)
and the rest, on the other hand, is bribed (al-murtasyi). Its explanation
can be seen in the Chapter 2 verse 188. In addition, corruption can
be called as al-ghulul (the Chapter 3 verse 161) which, as indicated by
Katsir (1999: 78), means a treason deed to stealing from the war booty
before its distribution. Distinguished from risywah, al-ghulul is merely
conducted by a person and not embracing other sides as an actor. The
Prophet Muhammad obviously stresses to keep away from al-ghulul
deeds.
Therefore, ‘Arafa (2012: 196-200) believes that corruption is a broad
range of behavioral digressions which threaten the social, economic,
and ecological balance. More specifically, corruption covers the matters
of governance, decision making, rules through reproaching the abuse of
trust placed in officials by the state through acts such as accepting gifts,
outright theft of public funds, and undermining rules in exchange for
bribes, on recommendation or due to family and tribal considerations.
Individuals in general are prohibited from making recommendations
in exchange for gifts as such behavior falls under risywah. Regarding
bribery, some concepts are in close connection with this deed, namely
illegal earnings or al-soht, gifts or al-hadiya, charity or al-sadaqah, and
salaries or al-ga‘al.
Meanwhile, IMF (2014: 1) and World Bank (1997: 8-9) defines
corruption as an abuse of public office or authority or trust for private
benefit, and is closely linked to a poor governance environment which
offers bigger incentives and more opportunities for bribery. The public
office is abused for private gain when an official accepts, solicits, or
extorts a bribe. It is also abused when private agents actively offer bribes
to circumvent public policies and processes for competitive advantage
and profit. Public office can also be abused for personal benefit even if
no bribery occurs, through patronage and nepotism, the theft of state
assets, or the diversion of state revenues. Thus, corruption, in fact,
undermines the public’s trust in its government. It also threatens market
integrity, distorts competition, and endangers economic development.
Democratic Governance|
147
Part Three: Governance and Leadership
Moreover, UNDP (2011: 1) argues that corruption really undermines
human development by diverting public resources to private gain
and reducing access to public services. UNDP views corruption as a
governance deficit, a result of malfunctioning state institutions due to
poor governance. Democratic governance helps to battle corruption by
creating inclusive, responsive, and accountable political processes to
efficiently and effectively deliver social services to everyone comprising
the poor and marginalised. World Bank (1997: 9) believes that one
of the main ways in corruption is bribes. They can be used by private
sectors to “buy” many things provided by central or local governments,
or officials may seek bribes in supplying those things.
Furthermore, UNDP (2011: 1-2) also agrees with the message of
the UN Secretary-General Ban Ki-Moon on the International AntiCorruption Day 2009 that when public money is stolen for private gain,
it means fewer resources to build schools, hospitals, roads, and water
treatment facilities. When foreign aid is diverted into private bank
accounts, major infrastructure projects come to a halt. Corruption
enables fake or substandard medicines to be dumped on the market,
and hazardous waste to be dumped in landfill sites and in oceans. The
vulnerable suffer first and worst. Indeed that the corruption derails a
country’s progress and development embracing MDGs’ achievement.
Thus, the major focus is strengthening preventive capacities to stop
leakages of public resources and working together with partners such as
the United Nations Office for Drug Control, United Nations Economic
Commission for Africa, WHO, OECD, World Bank, GTZ, Noraid and
civil society organisations.
Policy. Most Muslim scholars are in favor of the prohibition of
corruption in all its shapes including nepotism, extortion, and bribery
(‘Arafa, 2012: 202).In as much as a corruptor conducted an awful deed,
he can be categorised as a traitor not only from his country embracing
people within but also from his religion. Therefore, Islam obviously
prohibits and resists to the corruption deed individually and collectively
(the Chapter 9 verse 12; the Chapter 4 verse 29). More clearly, Islam
punishes the corruptor to be slayed as the Chapter 5 verse 33 stated: “The
recompense of those who wage war against Allah and His Messenger
and do mischief in the land is only that they shall be killed or crucified
148 |Democratic Governance
Ridho Al-Hamdi. How Do Islam and...
or their hands and their feet be cut off from opposite sides, or be exiled
from the land. That is their disgrace in this world, and a great torment
is theirs in the Hereafter”. Other explanations concerning corruption in
the Holy Qur’an can be read in the Chapter 2 verse 42, the Chapter 4
verse 58, the Chapter 5 verse 38, and the Chapter 8 verse 27.
World Bank (1992: 41, 43-44) obviously highlights that the main
weapon against corruption is to reduce the opportunities for it to
a minimum, to eliminate economic distortions and administrative
controls, and thus to reduce the scope for illicit arbitrage and bribery,
“dash”, “speed money”, and the like. Transparency in government
business has a vital ancillary role. World Bank is involved with
transparency through its work on public expenditure e.g., transparency
of budgets, elimination of “caisse noires” and through its assistance
to governments in establishing transparent procurement procedures
and in conducting environmental assessments. Some countries try to
correct the mismanagement of their customs service by contracting it
out to a wholly independent private enterprise such as Indonesia.
Agenda. Based on the policy above, it can be explained that Islam
has some agendas to cope with the corruption. First is underpinning the
law enforcement for all kinds of corruptor. Indeed that the verdict for
corruptors should affects for the change of their behavior. According to
the Chapter 5 verse 38, a corruptor is also a thief which thieves the state
treasury. The source of the state treasury is people funds and taxes. It can
be simplified that the corruptor is a person who thieves people funds.
Therefore, Islam supposes to decide qishash for a thief. According to
M. Cherif Bassiouni (in ‘Arafa, 2012: 189), qishash denotes to a person
who has committed a given violation will be punished in the same way
and by the same means which he used in harming the other person.
Second is embedding the worldview or ideology on anti-corruption. It is
a continuous and sustainable agenda and can be started in the formal
education from the elementary school to the college/university. Indeed,
the content of the course does not only provide the knowledge on
the corruption but also transferring the impact of the corruption as a
hazardous act for society, state and religion. Various methods can be
used to provide best understanding for the young generation.
Democratic Governance|
149
Part Three: Governance and Leadership
Meanwhile, World Bank (1994: 16) has some agendas which
could be broadened to embrace a research program aimed at better
understanding of a) the framework of economic incentives for corrupt
behavior, b) whether some sorts of corruption are more dysfunctional
than others; c) the relationship between corruption and political system;
and d) measures that industrialised countries could take to discourage
corrupt practices by exporters. Besides, World Bank should maintain
a dialogue with various watchdog organisations established to fight
corruption and with governments seeking practical ways to reduce the
moral and economic costs of corruption.
Strategy. In Islam, the corruption and bribery are considered as
Ta‘azir offenses. Ta‘azir itself means all acts which infringe private
or community interests of the public social order. The corruption
and bribery can be categorised as Ta‘azir. Thus, it can be punished by
imprisonment. However, Islam does not prescribe a specific penalty
(‘Arafa, 2012: 192, 202). More broadly, as what was explained by Iqbal
and Lewis (2002: 11-15) and ‘Arafa (2012: 234-237), that the vast
Islamic intellectual heritage suggests three key pillars as strategy to
eradicate corruption. First is moral education. The starting point for
curing corruption lies in reforming social values, grounding them in
appropriate concepts of social justice, and linking them with a broader
worldview. This is the basis of the Islamic moral education programfor
society. Second is law and incentives. Islam teaches the equality of people,
irrespective of race or tribe, as the only criterion of merit is goodness
and piety. Conversely, there is a complementary and powerful spiritual
incentive structure that focuses on risks and rewards both in life and
in the hereafter. Third is administration and managerial government.
Separation of powers into trias politica (legislature, executiveand
judiciary) is a better way to diminish corruption acts.
World Bank (1994: 16) has its strategy to reduce corruption
acts. First is reforming trade regime, which restricts the scope for
discretionary treatment by customs officials and replace administrative
actions with price mechanisms in the allocation of import licenses and
foreign exchange. Second is reforming tax, based on lower, uniform
rates, simpler rules, the strengthening of tax administration and
record-keeping. Third is reforming regulation, such as the abolition of
150 |Democratic Governance
Ridho Al-Hamdi. How Do Islam and...
price controls; the simplification of license requirements, and similar
deregulation measures. Fourth is privatisation, to reduce the size of the
state enterprise sector under bureaucratic control. Moreover, World
Bank provides three actions as instances of institutional strengthening
to improve controls and reduce incentives for corrupt behavior. First is
reforming civil service to restore a professional, accountable, realistically
paid, and well-motivated bureaucracy. Second is strengthening public
procurement systems through the reform of laws, more transparent
procedures, adoption of improved bidding documentation, competitive
bidding, and staff training. Third is modernisation of public sector
accounting, upgrading internal auditing capacity, and strengthening
the audit institution.
Thus, diminishing corruption requires the engagement of those
outside government such as parliamentarians, civil society, households,
the private sector, and the media. World Bank (1997: 26) assumes that
tackling corruption in a certain country will depend on the country’s
circumstances. In particular countries, economic policy reform will be
the priority. In others, the targets may be interventions in tax or customs
agencies or procurement reform. Circumstances will also determine
whether the strategy should be comprehensive or incremental.
Comprehensive strategies can be developed where national leadership is
committed to change and the political will exists to undertake in-depth
economic and institutional reforms. Opportunities for in-depth reform
may exist at the local level or in particular agencies or departments
even if those opportunities are missing at the national level. In some
cases there may be more political will for economic policy reform than
for in-depth work at the institutional level. Meanwhile, IMF (1997: 3)
provides two strategies to avoid corrupt practices. First, improving the
management of public resourcesthrough reforms covering public sector
institutions for instance the treasury, central bank, public enterprises,
civil service, and the official statistics function, including administrative
procedures e.g., expenditure control, budget management, and revenue
collection. Second, reinforcing the development and maintenance of a
transparent and stable economic and regulatory environment conducive
to efficient private sector activities e.g., price systems, exchange and
trade regimes, and banking systems and their related regulations.
Democratic Governance|
151
Part Three: Governance and Leadership
Nonetheless, Rashidi and Babaei (2014: 22-23) explain that Islam
and the West have different ways to tackle the corruption although
both solutions are good and can complete each other. In Islam, the role
of individual ethics to eradicate corruption is extremely significant.
Whereas, the western strategy goes beyond ethical approaches, it solves
the problems with changing procedures, providing individual reward
and punishment, influencing special people, and deporting them. Thus,
the internal dimension is belonging to Islam while the external strategy
is West’s.
CONCLUDING REMARKS
Generally speaking, there are no significant distinctions between
Islam and good governance; in fact they have a lot of similarities. The
tangible evidences were provided here. The first question is how do Islam
and good governance deal with poverty issues? The answer is there are
three main policies: Religion is not onlya ritual worship but also social
acts, making policy which has best impacts to poor people, is required
to be involved in managing trade and capital flows more carefully,
investing in poor people, and fostering small enterprise. For the agenda
are conducting charitable activities and supporting the distribution
of Zakat Infaq and Shadaqah (ZIS), supporting microfinance systems
among poor people, building assets for poor people and provisioning
health care (charitable clinics). Meanwhile, the strategies are activating
mushola (prayer rooms) for ZIS activities, providing large chances for
poor people to reach their basic needs, strengthening the participation
of poor people in political processes and reinforcing gender equality
and empowering women’s role.
The second question is how do Islam and good governance address
corruption issues? The answer is there are four main policies: prohibiting
corruption in all shapes (nepotism, extortion and bribery), a corruptor
is a traitor not only from his country but also from his religion,
reducing any opportunities and pathways for conducting corruption
and applying transparency systems in all sectors of bureaucracy. The
agendas are underpinning the law enforcement to corruptors and the
like, supporting to state institutions in dealing with corruption deeds
and cooperating with watchdog organisations for seeking practical
152 |Democratic Governance
Ridho Al-Hamdi. How Do Islam and...
ways to reduce costs of corruption. In the meantime, the strategies
are moral education for society, separating powers into trias-politica,
reforming and modernising government institutions for civil services
and strengthening civil society, private sectors, and media to control
the government.
All in all, Islam, democracy and good governance have compatibility
in the policy, agenda and strategy in addressing public issues such as
poverty and corruption. They are not different creatures, but similar
in distinctive ways. Therefore, this study recommends for further
researches that there are some suggestions particularly in Indonesia
and other Muslim countries around the world. First is the importance
to examine the role and engagement of Muslim organisations and
communities in alleviating poverty and eradicating corruptions acts.
Second is the importance to analyse the performance of Muslim elites
in the government whether in the national and local levels to address
these two public issues. Third is the significance to study the role of
Islam-based political parties in coping with those issues. However, a lot
of perspectives can be analysed in distinctive disciplines.
REFERENCES
‘Arafa, Mohamed A. 2012. “Corruption and Bribery in Islamic Law: Are
Islamic Ideals Being Met in Practice?”,Annual Survey of Int’l &
Comp. Law, Vol. XVIII, pp. 71-242
Achilov, Dilshod. 2010. Can Islam and Democracy Coexist? A CrossNational Analysis of Islamic Institutions in the Muslim World. PhD
Dissertation, The University of Arizona
Adebayo, R. Ibrahim. 2010. “Islam, Democracy and Good Governance:
A Glimpse of the Islamic Political Thought”, ORITA Ibadan
Journal of Religious Studies, XLII, 2 December, pp. 1-24
Akram, Mian M. and Muhammad Afzal. 2014. “Dynamic Role of
Zakat in Alleviating Poverty: A Case Study of Pakistan”, Munich
Personal RePEc Archive Paper, No. 56211, pp. 1-45
Akyol, Mustafa. 2009. “Islam is Compatible with Capitalism” in David
M. Haugen, Susan Musser, and Kacy Lovelace (Eds.), Islam
Opposing Viewpoints. Farmington Hills: Greenhaven Press
Al-Braizat, Fares. 2002. “Muslims and Democracy: An Empirical
Democratic Governance|
153
Part Three: Governance and Leadership
Critique of Fukuyama’s Culturalist Approach”, International
Journal of Sociology, 43, pp. 269-299
Ayubi, Nazih. 1998. Political Islam: Religion and Politics in the Arab
World. London: Routledge
Bhuiyan, Abul Bashar, et al. 2012. “The Approaches of Islamic and
Conventional Microfinancing for Poverty Alleviation and
Sustainable Livelihood”, American Journal of Applied Sciences,
Vol. 9, No. 9, pp. 1385-1389
Dye, Thomas R. 1984.Understanding Public Policy.Fifth Edition.
Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall
Effendi, Jaenal. 2013. The Role of Islamic Microfinance in Poverty
Alleviation and Environmental Awareness in Pasuruan, East Java,
Indonesia: A Comparative Study. PhD Dissertation, Göttingen
University
Esposito, John L. and John O. Voll. 1996. Islam and Democracy. New
York: Oxford University Press
Farooq, Mohammad Omar. 2008. “The Challenge of Poverty and the
Poverty of Islamic Economics”,Journal of Islamic Economics,
Banking and Finance, Vol. 4, No. 2, pp. 35-58
Fish, M. Steven. 2002. “Islam and Authoritarianism”, World Politics,
Vol. 55 (October), pp. 4-37
Fukuyama, Francis. 1992. The End of History and the Last Man. New
York: Three Free Press (A Division of Macmillan, Inc.)
Fukuyama, Francis. 2001. “The West Has Won: Radical Islam Can’t
Beat Democracy and Capitalism”, The Guardian, 11 October
Güner, Osman. 2005. “Poverty in Traditional Islamic Thought: Is It
Virtue or Captivity?”,Studies in Islam and the Middle East Journal,
Vol. 2, No. 1, pp. 1-12
Hashem, Mazen. 2007. “Islamic Roots of Good Governance”, Arab
Insight, Vol. 1, No. 1, pp. 63–71
Huntington, Samuel P. 1984. “Will More Countries Become
Democratic?”, Political Science Quarterly, 99, pp. 193-218
Huntington, Samuel P. 1991. The Third Wave: Democratization in the
Late Twentieth Century. Norman: University of Oklahoma Press
Ibrahim, Patmawati BTE HJ. 2006. Economic Role of Zakat in Reducing
154 |Democratic Governance
Ridho Al-Hamdi. How Do Islam and...
Income Inequality and Poverty in Selangor. PhD Dissertation,
Universiti Putra Malaysia
Iqbal, Zafar and Mervyn K. Lewis. 2002. Governance and Corruption:
Can Islamic Societies and the West Learn from Each Other?”,The
American Journal of Islamic Social Sciences, Vol. 19, No. 2, pp. 1-33
IMF. 1997. Good Governance: The IMF’s Role. Washington DC
IMF. 2014. Factsheet: The IMF and Good Governance. Washington DC
Jenkins, W.I. 1978. Policy Analysis: A Political and Organizational
Perspective. New York: St. Martin’s Press
Katsir, Ibnu. 1999. Tafsir Al-Qur’an al-‘Azim, Cairo: Daar al-Manar
Kedourie, Elie. 1992. Politics in the Middle East. Oxford: Oxford
University Press
Khatab, Sayed and Gary D. Bouma. 2007. Democracy in Islam. London
and New York: Routledge
Latief, Hilman. 2012. Islamic Charities and Social Activism: Welfare,
Dakwah and Politics in Indonesia. PhD Dissertation, Utrecht
University
Lewis, Bernard. 2002. What Went Wrong? Western Impact and Middle
Eastern Response. Oxford: Oxford University Press
Malik, Sohail J., Muhammad Hussain, and Nasim S. Shirazi. 1994.
“Role of Infaq in Poverty Alleviation in Pakistan”, The Pakistan
Development Review, Vol. 33, No. 4 Part II (Winter), pp. 935-952
Moussalli, Ahmad S. 2001. The Islamic Quest for Democracy, Pluralism,
and Human Rights. Gainesville, FL: University Press of Florida
Naqvi,Imran Haider, et al. 2011. “The Model of Good Governance in
Islam”, African Journal of Business Management, Vol. 5, No.27, pp.
10984-10992
Norris, Pippa and Ronald Inglehart. 2003. “Islamic Culture and
Democracy: Testing the Clash of Civilizations’ Thesis”, in Ronald
Inglehart (Ed.),Human Values and Social Change.Findings from
the Values Surveys. Leiden: Brill
Rashidi, Siavash and Mohammadbager Babaei. 2014. “Administrative
Corruption: The Contexts and Strategies (A Comparative Study of
the Muslim and the West Perspectives)”, International SAMANM
Journal of Finance and Accounting, Vol. 2, No. 1, pp. 16-24
Democratic Governance|
155
Part Three: Governance and Leadership
Richardson, Gail. 2004. “Islamic Law and Zakat: Waqf Resources in
Pakistan” in Stephen P. Heyneman (Ed.), Islam and Social Policy.
Nashville: Vanderbilt University Press
Riwajanti, Nur Indah. 2014. “Exploring the Role of Islamic Microfinance
Institution in Poverty Alleviation Through Microenterprises
Development: A Case Study of Islamic Financial Cooperative
(BMT) in Indonesia”, Kyoto Bulletin of Islamic Area Studies, 7
(March), pp. 49–66
Sabiq, Sayyid. 1998. Fiqhu As-Sunnah. Cairo: Darus-Salam
Sabra, Adam. 2000. Poverty and Charity in Medieval Islam: Mamluk
Egypt 1250-1517. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press
Tessler, Mark. 2002. “Do Islamic Orientations Influence Attitudes toward
Democracy in the Arab World: Evidence for the World Values
Survey in Egypt, Jordan, Morocco, and Algeria”, International
Journal of Comparative Sociology, Vol. 43, pp. 229-249
UNDP. 1997a. Human Development Report 1997. New York and Oxford:
Oxford University Press
UNDP. 1997b. Governance for Sustainable Human Development: A
UNDP Policy Document. New York
UNDP. 2010. Democratic Governance Indicators and UNDP Human
Development Reports: Framework Paper 3. Oslo: UNDP Oslo
Governance Centre
UNDP. 2011. “Anti-Corruption and Democratic Governance”. Fastfacts
(November). New York
World Bank. 1992. Governance and Development. Washington D.C
World Bank. 1994. Governance: The World Bank Experience. Washington
D.C
World Bank. 1997. Helping Countries Combat Corruption: The Role of
World Bank. Poverty Reduction and Economic Management The
World Bank
World Bank. 2000. Reforming Public Institutions and Strengthening
Governance: A World Bank Strategy. September
World Bank. 2001. World Development Report 2000/2001: Attacking
Poverty. Oxford: Oxoford University Press
World Bank. 2014. World Development Indicators 2014. Washington D.C
156 |Democratic Governance
BUILD COLLABORATIVE GOVERNANCE MODEL
TO SUSTAINABLE TOURISM DEVELOPMENT:
LEARNING FROM THE DISASTER MANAGEMENTTOURISM MERAPI VOLCANO TOUR IN SLEMAN
REGENCY
Muchamad Zaenuri
Lecturer, Department of Governmental Studies
Universitas Muhammadiyah Yogyakarta
E-mail: e_zaenuri@yahoo.co.id
INTRODUCTION
The important role of tourism in sustainable development is not in
doubt. Most countries manage tourism seriously and make it a dominant
sector in foreign exchange earnings, employment creation, and poverty
alleviation. The tourism sector is one of the largest sectors in the
world as an economic generator, but its existence is very vulnerable to
disasters caused by nature or humans. According to Henderson (1999:
1), tourism is an industry that is always ‘haunted’ by crises and disasters
and can even be considered as extremely sensitive and vulnerable
because it is easily influenced by changes and happenings around it.
Tourism can grow because the decision to travel starts from human
intentions to acquire the comforts of life and enjoy the beauty of the
environment, thus highly vulnerable to the tourism community in disaster
risk perception and environmental fluctuations caused by climate change.
Everyone will travel when the tour visits destinations which are free
from crises, disasters, extreme weather disturbances and riots. Moreover,
disaster is also an event that is unpredictable and unavoidable, as well as its
appearance in different form of intensity. This is in line with what is proposed
by Wickramashinge (2008: 2) that the revival of tourism is characterized by
complexity and some of the criteria are not aligned with disaster, meaning
that tourism could rise and flourish when kept away from disaster.
Indonesia is not only known for its natural beauty and diverse
tourist destinations but also its vulnerability to natural disasters. The
157
Part Three: Governance and Leadership
country is also known as “Ring of Fire” since it has the largest number
of volcanoes in the world which are always in state of alert, ranging
from Mount Merapi, Sinabung, Lokon, Rinjani, and so on. Moreover,
natural disasters have colored the history of Indonesia, ranging from
earthquakes followed by tsunami in Aceh, the earthquake in Yogyakarta
and Central Java, flood in Jakarta, and many more disasters such as
landslides and forest burning that cause thick smoke covering some
area of Indonesia’s land. Not to mention accidents which happened
in the transportation sector, ranging from land transportation such
as rail accidents, water transportation such as shipwreck, and air
transportation with several aircraft crashes.
Indonesia’s region is located at the confluence of several faults
continent, causing Indonesia prone to earthquakes, volcanic eruptions
and tsunami. This surely affects the number of tourist arrivals to
Indonesia. Head of the Central Statistics Agency (BPS) Rusman
Heriawan admits that natural disasters occurred in Indonesia such as
the tsunami in Mentawai and the eruption of Mount Merapi indeed has
an impact on the number of tourists who visit Indonesia (Kompas.com,
November 9, 2010).
In a more specific case, the number of tourists visiting to DIY
(Special Region of Jogjakarta) during the 2005-2011 period was quite
volatile and heavily influenced by macro-economic conditions and
external factors such as natural disasters. The number of tourists to
the region experienced a decrease twice in 2006 as the impact of the
earthquake and in 2010 as a result of the eruption of Merapi. Based
on statistics, during 2011 the number of tourists visiting Yogyakarta
3.2 million, consisting of 3.058 million domestic tourists and foreign
tourists 148.76 thousand (CPM DIY, 2012). Yet, during the eruption
of Mount Merapi, the number of tourists visiting the region dropped
dramatically until 80 percent (DIY BPS, 2012).
The same experience took place in Sleman, one of the districts
located in the northern province of DIY. Sleman is a district with many
interesting sights and attractions. At the end of 2010, Mount Merapi,
which largely occupies Sleman territory, erupted. As a consequence,
both the local government and the society really experienced the
158 |Democratic Governance
Muchamad Zaenuri. Build Collaborative Governance...
devastating impact of the eruption, particularly those directly damaged
by the disaster. Although the eruption has now ceased, but some
problems remain, whether it is social problems or economic problems
experienced by the society living around Mount Merapi.
Disaster-tourism has been misinterpreted and risen controversies
as it seems unethical. The term is closely identical with having fun
above other people’s misery. In an article presented at the Ecotourism
Seminar II, Prof. Heddy Sri Ahimsa says that various disaster-tourism
controversy not only takes place in Indonesia but also in the United
States such as in the areas most severely damaged by Carolline, a
storm that swepth away its surroundings. In Indonesia, the emergence
of the concept of disaster-tourism came from the earthquake that
devastated several villages in Bantul and Klaten a few years ago and
also the eruption of Mount Merapi, which had killed Mbah Maridjan,
a cultural-bound caretaker of the mountain who suddenly became a
well-known public figure after being a survivor in the Merapi eruption
before the devastating eruption in 2010. The place that received impact
from the eruption of Mount Merapi was able to attract tourists on its
own (Ahimsa, 2012).
The emergence of the new tourist attraction in Sleman which belongs
to disaster-tourism, on the one hand, provides some benefits; yet, on
the other hand, seeing from the perspectives of the local government
and the society, such tourism may lead to new problems. In terms
of the government’s regulation, the government of Sleman Regency
experiences an emptiness of rules in the form of community relocation
and land use, while the society are faced with many businessmen
who start buying lands around the affected areas to be used as tourist
facilities. The land that becomes the new tourist attraction reaches 80%
of the former, abandoned communal land (Village Potential Entry List
Umbulharjo, 2013); yet, its utility for the purposes of tourism remains
an issue until today.
The local government is less able to cope with these issues. Based
on an interview with the Head of Tourism Development, Sleman Office
of Culture and Tourism (March 23, 2014) and based on data taken from
the author’s self observation, it is revealed that since the eruption took
Democratic Governance|
159
Part Three: Governance and Leadership
place until setting the location of the eruption as a tourist destination,
the local government fails to demonstrate its capacity to manage the
newly nature-created tourist spot resulted by the disaster. The Sleman
government puts its focus more on the mitigation and relocation of
the residents affected by the eruption of Merapi. Its work on the tourist
attraction is still limited to provision of signs that indicate which place
is safe and not safe. However, though the work on mitigation and
relocation is accomplished, the tourist spot remains untouched by the
government as human resources who have the capacity of working
on it is not available. As the Merapi eruption bringing a new and
exciting travel destination, local people participate by forming small
communities that provide volcano tours by driving a jeep and a trail
vehicle.
However, based on the author’s observation and some information
from the local police office, the level of security of those facilities cannot
be guaranteed with some number of accidents though no casualties
(Source: http://m.aktual.co/nusantara/161221sleman-akan-adakantour-citystate-of-volcano). Moreover, some people attempts to build a
museum called “What’s Left” that contains items that no longer functions
as a result of hot clouds of Merapi. Yet, the operational purposes of the
museum is not professionally managed and not supported by adequate
human resources, making it less attractive to visit (Kedaulatan Rakyat,
January 12, 2012).
The tourism industry is attempting to capture some interesting
opportunities. Investors started to build hotels around the area of the
Merapi eruption, while travel agencies started to make the slopes of
Merapi as a travel package by creating options of tour packaging. Some
parties in the tourism industry had already begun to invest, but it still
raises doubts about the sustainability of this volcano tour. One reason
that will potentially drop the interest of the the investors is the absence of
guarantee that the site will serve as the next tourist attraction. Another
reason is that there is no clear information on which areas that could be
managed commercially. Moreover, there is no clear road map from the
government for the development of tourism in the future volcano. Until
now the government has not issued any new official letter regarding
the management of tourist volcano, while the management is supposed
160 |Democratic Governance
Muchamad Zaenuri. Build Collaborative Governance...
to end their work by December 31, 2011, two years since the first
appointment. This situation encourages the local village government to
take over its management (Jogja Daily, Monday, January 9, 2012).
The role of the three pillars of the tourism stakeholders is not
optimal. It is still merely adjusting the environmental changes that
occur, especially local governments and communities, as it has not
focused on sustainable tourism development. Meanwhile, the private
sector seems to be looking at the best moment to market the new tourist
attraction and destination as an alternative excursion. Problems that
occur among the three actors of the tourism is the absence of synergy
that leads to the development of sustainable and accelerating tourism.
Moreover, it can be seen that there is a conflict of interest between the
role of government, private and public. Seeing from the perspective of
Public Administration, there is a need to develop new collaborative
approach among the three pillars of the governance.
The need for new approaches for managing disaster-tourism is
based on the fact that the three pillars of governance have not realized
their shared vision in managing tourist destinations. For instance, the
government does not want Kepuharjo village to develop into a tourist
destination but prefer to establish a sand mining. This was confirmed by
the fact the the government no longer issue a permission to manage the
volcano tour in the region Kepuharjo village to any parties. Moreover,
community participation in the management of disaster tourism
is seen as sporadic and unstructured, making it difficult to establish
a synergistic network among tourism stakeholders. Harsana’s study
(2013) shows that the volcano tour management which involves many
people have not been backed up by a solid organization and human
resources. Harsana proposes that there is a need for a permanent and
long-term partnership to manage this disaster-tourism. In general,
Harsana concludes that there is still the need for excavation of tourism
potential in the area of Merapi volcano tour with most of the people
involved.
Based on the facts previously mentioned, the following research
problems are proposed: (1) How is the concept of governance applied
to the tourism sector? (2) How can the concept of collaborative
Democratic Governance|
161
Part Three: Governance and Leadership
governance explain the management of tourism-disaster? (3) Who and
what are the role of stakeholders in collaborative governance? (4) How
is the existing condition model of collaborative governance on disastertourism? (5) What model that can be suggested so that collaborative
governance can fully support the disaster-tourism?
THEORITICAL FRAMEWORK
The Concept of Governance in Tourism
The tourism management and development was initially carried
out by the government alone. Yet, with the increasing of public demand
for tourism services that the government can no longer function as
the single actor, particularly when it is faced with disasters, the private
sector and community involvement in providing tourism services is
inevitable. This condition makes it possible to look at the tourism issue
from the perspective of governance.
The concept of governance has a long history with most countries
having tried to develop this concept in accordance with their own needs
through the interaction between the rulers and ruled with regard to
historical background, customs, law and society where the concept was
developed. The origin of governance rooted in the German tradition
in the 17th century and the 18th century. The 19th century marked the
establishment of associations such as trade unions to encourage people
to participate in politics and government (Kim, 2010). Currently, the
concept of governance has evolved even further due to the changing
role of government (Kjaer, 2004).
The governance etymologically is different from government as
governance involves a complex interaction among various stakeholders
in the public arena(Clayton, 1994). On the other side, government only
refers to the role of government as asingle actor. Some experts define
governance eas the newgoverning process in which various actors
manages the public arena through mutual interaction (Kjaer, 2004).
For the purposes of preparinghis dissertation, Kim (2010: 51) identified
several definitions of governance as follows:
162 |Democratic Governance
Muchamad Zaenuri. Build Collaborative Governance...
Box 1
Some Definitions on Governance
‘Governance’ refers to changing the meaning of governance (government),
leading to the new process of how to set the government ....governance
refers to the organization of independent, inter-organizational networks
characterized by interdependence, resource exchange, and the rules or
significant autonomy from state (Rhodes, 1997: 15)
‘Governance’ refers to the capacity of directing the political system, the
ways the government to do things without making assumptions first before
obtaining the direction of the institution or agency (Gamble, 2000: 110)
‘Governance’ refers to maintain coordination and coherence of different
actors with different objectives, among others, the purpose of political actors
and institutions, the interests of companies, civil society organizations and
transnational (Pierre, 2000a: 4)
‘Governance’ is understood as a system of rules to activities that are desired
collectively by using a mechanism designed to ensure the safety, prosperity,
coherence, stability, and continuity (Rosenau 2000: 171)
‘Governance’ is a descriptive label that is used to look at the changing nature
of the policy process in recent decades. In particular, growing sensitivity in
various arenas and actors involved in the making of public policy (Richard
andSmith, 2002:2)
‘Governance’ refers to the creation and maintenance of a system of rules
that govern the public arena by involving the state, civil society and marketbased actors to relate and interact with each other (Hyden et al., 2004: 16)
Source: Adapted from Kim (2010: 51).
From the aforementioned, various definitions, with regard to the
concept of governance as the new process set up in the public arena,
there are two different viewpoints: “governance without government”
(Rhodes, 1996: 652) and “governance by more than one government”
(Kjaer, 2004: 44). Specifically, Rhodes (1997) focuses on the selforganizing network that is based on the interdependence between
stakeholders and a high degree of autonomy. Against this view, Kjaer
(2004: 58) suggests that governance is pluralistic and hierarchically
complex dealing with markets and networks because it is believed
that the hierarchy, market and networks coexist in the government.
Pierre (2000) also considers that governance is a new strategy for the
Democratic Governance|
163
Part Three: Governance and Leadership
restructuring of the country based on public-private coordination. In
this perspective, the government still plays an important role in helping
to build and maintain a variety of institutions, including markets, and
adjusts to new circumstances (Pierre, 2000; Gamble, 2000). With
regard to these two different views, Hyden et al. (2004) argue that there
has been a general shift from top-down process by governments to the
bottom-up by the relevant stakeholders because citizens have grown
and have many demands.
The application of the concept of governance in tourism has been
put forward by Pitana (2005: 96-97) in discussing the actors involved
and cooperate in the tourism system. The concept of the actors
involved in the tourism system is actually referring to the three pillars
of governance. This can be seen in the following figure:
Figure 3.3.In theTourism SectorThree PillarsGovernance
Source: Pitana, 2005.
In the system of tourism, there are many actors who play different
roles in moving the system. The actors are the perpetrators of tourism
in various circles. In general, these actors are grouped into three
main pillars, namely government, private and public. Included in the
government group is the government in various administrative areas,
ranging from the central government to local governments to village
government that serves as a regulator or facilitator; private group
164 |Democratic Governance
Muchamad Zaenuri. Build Collaborative Governance...
includes the association of tourism enterprises and entrepreneurs/
tourism industry as direct perpetrators of tourist services; and the
community includes public figures, specific community groups,
intellectuals, NGOs and the media that support tourism.
The concept of governance in tourism has led to the establishment
of partnerships among the three pillars of governance and is practically
proven in leading to improvements in the management of tourism. The
concept of partnership itself in the tourism still needs to be studied
more in depth because the partnership is part of a wider concept of
governance, namely collaborative governance.
The Concept of Collaborative Governance
Contemporary public issues are very diverse and complex largely,
thus difficult to be solved by any single government actor (Huxham,
2000). Therefore, most people in the world are trying to manage their
public affairs collectively to achieve the goal of sustainable tourism
development. This indicates that there has been a fundamental shift
from government to governance due to challenges such as globalization,
decentralization, technology development, climate change and disasters
as well as the growth of civil society.
However, the process of governance that gives an opportunity for
the involvement of non-governmental actors in public affairs is faced
with a dilemma. One fundamental problem is that the government
serves as a strong actor who always dominates the role (Innes and
Booher, 2004). To resolve this dilemma participation, the government
must engage the new concept of collaborative governance. In the
1990s, the paradigm of collaborative governance as a new paradigm to
address the diverse issues in a complex society began to develop. At this
paradigm, the basic principle is the equality of relationships between
stakeholders in the public sector, private sector and society based on
consensus through deliberation (Sullivan and Skelcher, 2002; Huxam,
2000; Innes & Booher, 2004; Anshel & Gash, 2008).
Collaborative governance is a concept that may represent
the principles of modern governance among the various areas of
governance. This is because the capacity of consensus building is able
to overcome most of the contemporary issues in communities where
Democratic Governance|
165
Part Three: Governance and Leadership
residents are given a chance to control their lives through negotiations
with other actors (Innes and Booher, 2004). According to the English
dictionary, “collaboration” means “involving people or groups working
together to produce something” and “governance” is “the process of
governing a country or organization” (Oxford University Press, 2004).
Ansell and Gash (2008: 544) defines the collaborative government as
“governance set up where one or more public agencies directly involved
stakeholders of non-state in the process of collective decision making
formal, consensus-oriented and deliberation and which aims to make
or implement public policy or managing public assets”.
In terms of concept, collaborative governance can be defined as a new
form of governance processes that involve all the different stakeholders
in a working relationship with each other through regular dialogue and
interaction in the pursuit of common goals (Innes and Booher, 2004;
Huxham 2000). The main role of collaborative governance is to encourage
all stakeholders in order to achieve a common goal by sharing different
resources in order to create innovative thinking through negotiation
and cooperation (Innes and Booher, 2004). On further developments,
many scholars are interested to develop further understanding of this
collaborative governance (Ansell & Gash, 2007: 543-571). With the aim to
elaborate contingency model of collaborative governance, they conducted
a meta-analysis study of 137 cases that discuss collaborative governance.
The results of their literature study conclude that collaborative governance
is a governance set up one or more public institutions directly involved
in both state and non-state, including stakeholders, in the process of
collective decision making formal, consensus-oriented and discussion.
This is similar to the concept proposed by Cullen (2000) that in order to
achieve competitive governance there is a need for consensus among the
pillars of governance. The aim of the collaboration is to create or implement
public policies and managing public programs or assets in order to address
the complex problems more quickly based on participation and a strong
network.
The concept of governance puts emphasis on the values of cooperation.
Different experts have tried to explain the phenomenon of collaboration
in the implementation of government affairs and services under the term
“collaborative government” (Sink, 1998; Peter, 1998; Fosler, 2002; Ansell
166 |Democratic Governance
Muchamad Zaenuri. Build Collaborative Governance...
and Gash, 2007) and “partnership governance” (Bovaird, 2004; Munro,
2008; Dwiyanto, 2012). To understand the concept of collaborative
governance, it is necessary to explore the term “collaboration” more detail
in order to reveal the reasons why collaboration is important in modern
governance and how it can be achieved.
Currently, collaboration has become an important instrument
for public management as to encourage the different stakeholders
to understand their differences and to achieve common goals by
combining human and material resources (Lasker et al., 2001). In
particular, collaboration between stakeholders can provide an adequate
solution to complex issues such as social inequalities (Flynn, 2007).
The concept of collaboration can be classified into three types (Sullivan
and Skelcher, 2002), namely, in the form of a formal contract between
the organization and the law, informal networks within individual
relationships based on trust and reciprocity, and associated with longterm partnerships and joint formal consensus decision making and
implementation. Collaborative relationships such as networks have
been developed since the 1990s as a result of fragmentation of the new
political environment, decentralization, restructuring, and challenges
faced by the country such as globalization, internationalization
and privatization (Sullivan and Skelcher, 2002). This shows that
the complexity, dynamics and diversity in our society has brought a
fundamental shift from hierarchical to a network (Newman et al., 2004).
Sink (1998: 23) explains that the collaborative process among
organizations with common interest in a particular issue attempt to find
solutions that are determined collectively in order to achieve goals they
could not achieve individually. Peter (1998: 34) says that in a collaborative
partnership, principal-agent relationship is not valid because the form of
partnership is the cooperation between the principal to principal. Fosler
(2002) explains in more detail that the collaborative partnership involving
intensive cooperation between the parties, including the existence of a
conscious effort to do alignment in goals, strategies, agendas, resources and
activities. It involves two institutions that basically have a different purpose
to build a shared vision and attempt to make it happen. In order to achieve
collaborative governance, the two should share a common vision that will
convince stakeholders regarding the future of the institutions. Under the
Democratic Governance|
167
Part Three: Governance and Leadership
common vision, every component of the two is willing to fully participate
in various affairs in the future.
Both organizations, which basically have different purposes,
develop shared vision and together the organizations try to realize
the vision. Public and private parties are given chance to participate
in the decision making process and in the management of public
affairs. Participation can foster democratic governance involving the
wider community from all walks of life to determine the public agenda
(Newman, 2004) and be a form of transparency in fostering good
governance (Kim, 2005).
Regarding the benefits of collaboration, Lasker et al. (2001) states
that collaboration can make an idea comprehensive, practical and
transformative. In particular, the transformative thinking is very important
because it can make people change the way they think when they interact
with other stakeholders who have different purposes and culture. Through
the creation of ways of thinking, collaboration can influence how problems
are recognized and addressed. However, there are few catalysts and barriers
to collaboration, especially with regard to the way in which actors and
organizations collaborate on cross-cutting issues. Sullivan and Skelcher
(2002: 100-110) introduce the key factor to build up the capacity of the
collaboration, including a skilled communicator who plays an important
role in building relationships, facilitating and coordinating cooperation,
and creating a strong link between the stakeholders based on individual
capacity and organizational capacity. This shows the importance of systems
and processes to encourage collaboration among stakeholders. On the
other hand, Sullivan and Skelcher (2002: 110-112) also describe some
of the barriers to collaboration, such as different formal rules, informal
norms, and different resources of various stakeholders. These barriers
can potentially damage the capacity of collaboration as they will cause an
imbalance of power and conflict.
Although Bovaird (2004) and Munro (2008) mention collaboration
as a partnership, in fact the two concepts have a substantive difference in
that collaboration has a wider meaning than the partnership. According
to Wildavsky, as quoted by Wanna (2008: 3), collaboration involves
several different dimensions. First, the collaboration could involve co-
168 |Democratic Governance
Muchamad Zaenuri. Build Collaborative Governance...
operation to establish similarity, improve consistency and harmonize
activities between the actors. Second, collaboration can be a negotiation
process, which involves a readiness to compromise and make trade-offs.
Third, the collaboration could involve the role of supervision, inspection,
pulling together and coordinating center. Fourth, collaboration can involve
power and coercion, the ability to force or impose its own preferences
to the other, to a certain extent, with compliance or involvement. Fifth,
the collaboration may involve future commitments and intentions, the
possibility of behaving, planning or preparation to align activities. Finally,
collaboration can foster engagement, development of internal motivation
and personal commitment to the activities, decisions, organizational goals
or more strategic objectives. Of the six dimensions was not always running
consistent or complementary to each other-indeed, but it can also be
mutually exclusive.
According to Wanna (2008: 3-5), collaboration must undergo stages
that show the scale and intensity or degree of the collaboration, while
partnerships do not. The scale of collaboration can be described as a ladder
that shows an increased commitment from the lowest level of collaboration
to the most complex and highest level of integration. The highest level of
collaboration raises the risk of political and managerial which has already
been a consensus, whereas a partnership would not pose any political and
managerial risk. Table 2.2 shows the increase of the intensity. The following
is a list of the level of cooperation that is relevant to the policy process and
that indicate what activities are involved in each of the various levels.
Tabel 3.2. Scale of Collaboration
Degree of collaboration
What is involved-activities
Highest level: high normative
commitment to collaboration;
often highest political/managerial risks
Transformative interaction between network actors;
substantive engagement and empowerment; search
for high degree of stakeholder and inter-actor
consensus and cooperation; coalition building by
government and non-government actors
Medium-high level: strong
normative orientation; high
level of political/managerial
risk
Strong engagement of stakeholders in decisions or
policy process and implementation; devolving decision-making capacities to clients; more complex
innovations in policy-delivery processes
Democratic Governance|
169
Part Three: Governance and Leadership
Degree of collaboration
What is involved-activities
Medium-level: commitment to
multiparty input and buy-in;
moderate levels of political/
managerial risk
Formal commitment to inter-agency consultation
and collaboration; joined government strategies;
formal joint involvement exercises and joint
funding initiatives
Medium-low level: operational
forms of collaboration to ‘get
job done’; some political/managerial risk
Forms of co-production: technical improvements
in delivery chains; assistance to comply with
obligations; direct consultation with clients over
delivery and compliance systems; systematic use
of evaluation data; public reporting on targets
informed by client preferences
Lowest level: marginal operational adjustments, low levels
of political/managerial risk
Incremental adjustments using consultative processes; client discussions and feedback mechanisms;
gaining information on needs/expectations of others
Source: Wanna (2008:4).
From the table it can be seen that the intensity of collaboration
shown by the scale range from the lowest level to the highest one. The
lowest scale contains risk of political or managerial lower with marginal
operations, so that activities that occur are still incremental in the
form of consultation and discussion to obtain input and information.
Moreover, those who collaborate can formulate an idea and hope to
achieve a picture of the future together.
While the highest scale of collaboration contains high political
and managerial which lead to normative commitment, so the activities
have been directed to transformative interaction and substantive
empowerment. The form of the activities carried out among the actors
is tangible coalition between the government and non-governmental
parties based on the principles of cooperation and consensus.
The concept put forward by Wanna is further clarified by
Shergold (2008: 13-22) that the concept of collaborative governance
is a transformative process from a direct-instruction relationship
type towards the type which satisfy the principles collaboration. The
following table shows the types of relationship:
Table 3.3.The Transformation Process of Collaboration
Command
The process of centralized control - with clear lines of hierarchical
authority.
Coordination
The process of collective decision making – imposed on participating institutions.
170 |Democratic Governance
Muchamad Zaenuri. Build Collaborative Governance...
Cooperation
The process of sharing ideas and resources – for mutual benefit
Collaboration
The process of shared creation – brokered between autonomous
institutions
Source: Shergold, 2008:20.
From the table it can be seen that in the beginning the collaboration
between the government and other stakeholders is command in which
the relationship is hierarchical with strong control from the government.
In this stage, stakeholders are not involved in decision making. The next
stage is the coordination in which a process of collective decision making
between the government and other stakeholders is encouraged. Then in
the next stage, the coordination has tranformed into a cooperation in
which ideas and resources are shared for the sake of mutual benefits.
Finally the final stage of the relationship is collaborative in that shared
creation is formed with the establishment permanent and autonomous
institutions.
Stakeholders
The concept of exposure indicates that the collaboration in tourism
sector is getting stronger and the interdependence among stakeholders
will be more capable in managing disaster tourism. There is a need to
formally bring together a variety of stakeholders in a mutual interaction
which tries to reach a common vision for the sake of sustainable
development of tourism and to contribute to the improvement of
people’s welfare. The government as key stakeholders in the governance
of the sector is experiencing tremendous changes, thus necessary to
identify who are other stakeholders in the governance of tourism. In the
domain of tourism issues, there are a number of parties that influence
and are influenced by the diversity, complexity and dynamics related
to the issues in tourism. However, not all stakeholders are equally
important; therefore, in order to assess and understand the interactions
in collaborative governance of disaster-tourism it is necessary to
identify the stakeholders involved and less involved (Adu-Ampong,
2012). In this case, the use of the concept of stakeholders needs to be
encouraged because it gives an overview of the stakeholders that are
considered important in the governance of disaster-tourism in the area.
Democratic Governance|
171
Part Three: Governance and Leadership
Success or failure of the implementation of collaborative models
of governance is highly dependent on the participation of stakeholders
(Kooiman, 2000; Newman, 2004). It is clear that the stakeholders to the
concept of governance are certainly the government, private and public.
The development of this concept of collaborative governance should be
mentioned at least one question to identify appropriate stakeholders,
i.e. who can be considered as stakeholders (Adu-Ampong, 2012: 16).
In a normative concept proposed by Donaldson and Preston (1995:
74) the three stakeholders are considered to be a reason for identifying
the stakeholders. The essence of the concept of Donaldson and Preston
(1995) in this study is the need to identify the interests of all stakeholders
in the domain of disaster-tourism problems. Not all stakeholders
can engage in collaborative governance on this disaster-tourism, so
it is urged to clarify the concept of stakeholders for identifying and
understanding the interests of all stakeholders.
In identifying the stakeholders involved in the tourism sector,
Mitchell et al (1997) propose three elements that can be used as
a condition whether individuals or groups can be considered as
stakeholders. They argue that individuals or groups could be considered
as stakeholders if they have the three elements of power, legitimacy and
urgency; these elements determine the extent to which individuals or
groups have significance as a stakeholder. These elements also identify
the dynamics of the interaction between and among stakeholders.
So in the tourism domain-disaster problems, stakeholders should
be considered are those that are the real power in the form of some
authority, has the legitimacy to engage the management of tourism and
/ or that have a direct influence on the governance of the tourism sector.
The use of these three characteristics in defining stakeholders can
also be used to describe the intensity among stakeholders (Adu-Ampong,
2012: 19). With the involvement of different intensity in the management
of tourism, Clarkson (1995) divides stakeholders into primary and
secondary. Key stakeholders are individuals or groups whose support are
crucial to the survival and functioning of the organization and the tourism
sector; secondary stakeholders as individuals or groups are considered not
essential to the survival of the organization,; yet, in the past, present or
future they can influence or be influenced by the organization.
172 |Democratic Governance
Muchamad Zaenuri. Build Collaborative Governance...
Stakeholders of Merapi Volcano Tours
The Merapi volcano tours cover the region in which there are
many potential tourist attractions which require the involvement of
all stakeholders including the government, private and public. The
involvement of those stakeholders is certainly not equal in terms
of intensity. Some are directly involved in the management, while
others do not have chance to directly participate in the management.
Stakeholders who have a direct involvement are so-called primary
stakeholders, while those who indirectly involve in the management
belong to secondary stakeholders.
The Government (State and Local Government)
It is undeniable that the role of government in regulating and
developing Merapi volcano tour is very large, especially in giving
direction and guidance to players of tour business. Although the region
largely belongs to disaster-prone areas and local governments are
unable to regulate everything, the responsibility for risk and community
development remains on the shoulders of the government.
The part of the government which is involved directly in the
management of this disaster-tourism is the Office of Culture and
Tourism (Disbudpar, Sleman Regency. In accordance with the statement
of the head of the agency, local governments routinely provide briefing
or training to the community, including providers of tourist services.
This is important as half of the service providers are managed by people
who lack knowledge and tourist services. To ensure the quality of the
service, the local government provides many short trainings.
The trainings involve various speakers who share more on tourism
with regards to aspects of disaster management. The Regent’s accident
when he and his team went around the area with a jeep car can be a
lesson. At that time, one person suffered injury and had to undergo
treatment at the hospital.
Meanwhile, the secondary stakeholders are Regional Disaster
Management Center of Sleman, Department of Tourism of Yogyakarta
and Indonesian government. Though an indirect one, the Regional
Disaster Management Center of Sleman gives a constant reminder that
based on some regulations, one of them is the 2014 Presidential Decree
Democratic Governance|
173
Part Three: Governance and Leadership
number 70, the slopes of Mount Merapi belongs to protected area(L.1),
which means that should be no permanent buildings and permanent
tourism activity around. BPBD doen not strictly implement the rule;
yet, tourism stakeholders must pay attention to the behavior or status
of Mount Merapi. The role of government is focused on things that are
regulative and provides guidance to tourism actors.
The role of the central government has been clear with the existence
of regulations, such as law, government regulations and ministerial
decrees. There has been no single specific guidane on the management
of tourism around Merapi Mount; yet, there have been several trainings
on disaster management, particularly in post-disaster phase after the
eruption.
From the description, it can be identified several stakeholders from
the government involved in the management of the Merapi volcano
tour, either directly or indirectly, as follows:
Table 3.4.Stakeholders from Government
No
Stakeholder
1
Primary
2
Secondary
Organization
Role
Office of Culture and
Tourism, Sleman Regency
Presentingthe rulesof a
technical nature and do
tourism human resource
development
BPBDs Sleman, Yogyakarta
Tourism Office, the Central
Government
Providing regulation of a general nature.
Source: PrimaryDataProcessed.
Tourism Industry (Travel Agents and Lodging Providers)
The tourism industry around Merapi volcano tour is more on
providing tour packages tour by visiting the post-disaster tourist
attractions. Attractions made the goal more reliant on natural attractions.
A tour package is based on the extent of ODTW visited by driving a jeep as
a means of transportation other travel. Many tour players sell tour packages
related to the exotic tourist attraction after the eruption of Merapi.
Tourism stakeholders from the private sector are the primary
nature of the tourism entrepreneurs in the form of travel agents and
174 |Democratic Governance
Muchamad Zaenuri. Build Collaborative Governance...
accommodation providers. Either actors or primary stakeholder is the
cutting edge in providing tourist services that need to obtain guidance
from the government to provide the best service. As the economic
power to support the tourism business, the primary stakeholder
is trying to collaborate with the government with the principles of
mutuality and mutual benefit. Regulation that allows them to carry out
tourism activities is a must.
Travel agencies conduct a lot of events of which purpose is to
promote their Mount Merapi tour package. These travel agencies work
together with tour operators located in the volcanic area to create
tour package where tourists can explore the slopes of Mount Merapi,
particularly the areas affected by Mount Merapi eruption.
Private agencies actively promote tourism spots in Sleman,
Yogyakarta, particularly the area around Mount Merapi affected by
the eruption. Tour package that allows tourists to explore the area is
the most popular and frequently booked tour package. Both online
and offline promotion are conducted to sell the tour package; online
promotion is done through website or blogs, while offline promotion
is done by distributing brochures and leaflets in some hotels. Besides
exploring the area around Mount Merapi destroyed by the eruption,
tour agencies also promote another tour package where tourists ride
off-road motor vehicles to explore Mount Merapi area.
Collaboration between government and private organizations
emphasize on the understanding of safety and comfort concept
during the tour. In order to guarantee tourist’s safety and comfort, the
government works together with the police department to provide
counseling and assistance in tourism service operation.
Lodging and accommodation business also participate actively
to ensure tourist’s comfort. The attempt motel and hotel owners do
to promote their businesses is limited to distributing brochures and
leaflets. Most accommodations around Mount Merapi are inns or home
stays, and, as the consequences, facilities provided are fairly simple and
natural, similar to the theme of the tour package being offered.
Mrs. Sri Murwaningsih who is the owner of “Tunas Mekar” inn,
one of the lodging facilities in the area, has made her place conduct
Democratic Governance|
175
Part Three: Governance and Leadership
various promotional activities, provide culture-based service and
emphasize on personal touch. Primary collaborators are business
persons in tourism sectors mainly travel agencies and owners of
lodging facilities. Both of them or primary stakeholders are leaders
in providing necessary tourism service and the ones who should get
directions from the government in order to provide the best service. As
economic strength that supports tourism sector, primary stakeholders
should work together with the government on the basis of mutualism
or collaboration beneficial for both sides. Having regulations that ease
them to conduct tourism service is a necessity.
Another type of collaboration between motel or the homestay owners
and local government is mainly to strengthen tourism organization
or develop human resources in tourism sector. Strengthening tourism
organization is done through the establishment of an organization for
all motel or homestay owners around the volcanic tour so that it is easier
for them to contact the government and provide service to the tourists.
The development of human resources is mainly in the form of increasing
capacity and improving competence to provide a better tourism service.
Human resource in tourism sector training of which topic is living
harmoniously with volcano was conducted some time ago.
In line with the demand of tourism business, Association of Indonesian
Tour and Travel Agency of Yogyakarta (secondary stakeholder) keeps
motivating and becomes a facilitator whenever there is a problem between
business persons in tourism sector and the government or the society. The
collaborators works together to develop better tourism sector in Sleman;
however up until now strong coordination has not been established and, as
the effect, the collaboration fails to work effectively. The business persons
feel that they need more directions or guidance from the government as
the one who issues regulations and authorities. Clear regulation is the main
aspiration of motel and homestay owners and innovative promotion is the
major issue travel agencies have to deal with. It is indeed that both issues
should be consulted to the regional government of Sleman as the tourism
management. However, the role and participation of private sectors cannot
be neglected because they have relatively big impact in carrying out
business activities in tourism sector. It can be seen from the impact caused
by the role of the private sectors.
176 |Democratic Governance
Muchamad Zaenuri. Build Collaborative Governance...
Related to the eruption of Mount Merapi, Association of Indonesian
Tour and Travel Agency has taken some actions especially in recovery
image that Yogyakarta is safe for tourists. Furthermore, regulations about
disaster-tourism should be more clearly in order to ease its promotion. In
terms of organization, there is no hierarchical relation between Association
of Indonesian Tour and Travel Agency and tourism agencies, but they
have the same purpose so that they can work together to face government
regulations and promote tourism sector. The table explains the role of
primary and secondary stakeholders. The table is as follow:
Table 3.5.Private Collaborators
No.
Stakeholder
1.
Primary
2.
Secondary
Organization
Role
Travel agency and motel
and homestay owners
Conduct promotion and provide
tourism service
Association of Indonesian
Tour and Travel Agency
Provide direction and counseling
to business persons in tourism
sector
Source: Primary Data
Society (Tourism Agency Group and Management Team)
Public participation in tourism sector is inevitable since groups of
people belong to different organization participate actively in providing
tourism service, for example providing tourism facilities or selling
souvenirs. Primary stakeholders in providing the service are majority
of people involving groups that provides jeeps, off-road vehicles and
some other groups of people who join tourism awareness group.
Jeep provider group are people who rent their jeep so that the
tourists can explore Mount Merapi volcanic tour. The group belongs to an
organization facilitated by some people. There are four groups as provider
namely 86 MJTC, Grinita, STMJ and JWP. All of them provide the same
tour package with the same price in order to avoid unhealthy competition.
There are three regular tour packages provided by the group namelyshort,
medium and long. Meanwhile, there are two special tour packages namely
long tour and watching sunrise in the morning as well as night special
packet enabling tourists to enjoy night atmosphere of Yogyakarta.
Besides that, there is off-road motor vehicle group with forty five
members. The group has one organization, GMTC. Exploring the
Democratic Governance|
177
Part Three: Governance and Leadership
volcanic area of Mount Merapi using off-road motor vehicle is more
challenging because one can ride his/ her own motorbike. Motorbike
allows its renter to explore more routes compared to jeep. Other groups
of people with direct participation in providing tourism service are
food and souvenir vendors. These groups provide direct service to the
tourists to fulfill their immediate need.
Public component as secondary stakeholders Mount Merapi volcanic
tour management team established from all elements of the society. In
order to enable collaboration between all related parties, the regional
government of Sleman, Yogyakarta gives freedom to the local government
of Umbulharjo, a village located in the foot of Mount Merapi and the society
to establish management team of Mount Merapi volcanic tour. Based
on the Recommendation Letter from the Head of Sleman Municipality
number 556/0063 issued on January 12, 2011 about the management of
Mount Merapi volcanic tour extended by Extended Recommendation
Letter number 590/ 590 issued on March 8, 2011, it has been clear who
is responsible for the management of the tourism spot. As further action
of the recommendation letter from the head of the municipality, based
on the letter of the Secretary of the Region number 556/0373 about the
management of Mount Merapi volcanic tour area, it has become really
obvious that the local government of Umbulhardjo is the one to manage
the area and the government should establish a team of management.
Based on the letter from the Secretary of Region, the head of
Umbulhardjo village takes further action by issuing village regulation.
Based on the 2012 village regulation number 4 issued on April 12,
2012 about the management of Mount Merapi volcanic tour area in
Umbulhardjo, several issues related to the management of the area
are addressed. Based on the regulation, local public figure, youth and
authority should be a part of the management team of Volcanic Tour
tourism area in Umbulhardjo.
The team initially is secondary stakeholders whose management
roles include planning, organizing, implementing and evaluating
all services available in Mount Merapi volcanic tour. The team is
responsible for managing tourism areas included in high-risk disaster
area. The team answers to the head of Umbulhardjo village and should
178 |Democratic Governance
Muchamad Zaenuri. Build Collaborative Governance...
make an annual report. Providing all facilities in the form of attraction,
amenity and accessibility also becomes the responsibility of the team.
The involvement of stakeholders in managing Mount Merapi volcanic
tour is still needed considering that the management team established by
the local government of Umbulhardjo has a little experience and limited
human resource, in terms of experience and competence. Most of the
members of Umbulhardjo’s management team are public figures with
senior high school diploma, some of them even have only junior high
school diploma, and none of them has any experience in tourism sector.
The management of disaster-tourism performed by the
management team has yet showed satisfying result and the team still
relies heavily on several parties. When identified, there are some
stakeholders that facilitate the management and service of disastertourism. It is described in the following chart:
Figure 3.4. Stakeholder’s Participation in Volcanic Tour from the Society
Source: Primary Data, modified.
So far, management team works together only with certain tourism
service providers for example the jeep drivers, off-road motor vehicle
owners, souvenir vendors, tour guides and owners of the food stall.
The coordination these groups have involves making lists of types
of products they offer, as well as their prices and discussing some
regulations established by the Department of Culture and Tourism of
Sleman, Yogyakarta. The management does not have any authority to
manage the stakeholders associated with it. Any issues related to the
Democratic Governance|
179
Part Three: Governance and Leadership
tourism service should always be discussed with the management team.
There was some criticism related to the lack of involvement from the
society especially food and souvenir vendors. Interviews conducted to
the food and souvenir vendors reveal the fact that the management team
had never involved them from the beginning. At the beginning, in 2012,
the management team is not certain whether or not the society could
be involved as parts of the team because the society consists of various
different local communities.
However, some members of the management are criticized due to
several issues, such as the lack of communication with the society even
though the members of the management team are the representatives of
the society or the public figures from the society. Most of the interviewees
are not certain whether or not the management team can truly represent
the real aspiration of the society living in the slopes of Mount Merapi.
In the beginning of 2012, when the management team has just been
established, the management team had actually involved the society. They
recruited the members of the local youth organization (karang taruna)
and the head of hamlet, a small group of society in a village. Based on the
observations, the management team is showing bias elite where none of the
management team members are the representatives of the tourism service
providers although they are the ones who really understand the situation
around the slopes of Mount Merapi and interact with the tourists. Thus,
the opinions saying that the management is dominated by the village elite
are getting stronger. Table below describes the role of the society as the
stakeholders. The table is as follows:
Table 3.6.Stakeholders from the Society
No.
1.
2.
Stakeholder
Organization
Role
Primary
Community groups, i.e.
tour guides, jeep drivers, offroad motor vehicle owners,
souvenir vendors, food stalls
Secondary
Conduct coordination among
Mount Merapi volcanic tour all related parties and manage
management team
Mount Merapi volcanic tour
tourism service
Source: Primary Data.
180 |Democratic Governance
Provide tourism service and
sell souvenirs
Muchamad Zaenuri. Build Collaborative Governance...
Existing Patterns of Disaster Tourism Collaboration
Based on the role of the Three Pillars of Governance in the disastertourism management, a scheme can be develop to illustrate existing
relationship between in all activities carried out by the stakeholders and
the level of collaboration established in the framework of collaborative
governance. The figure describes the scheme of the existing relationship
or collaboration.
Figure 3.5. Existing Model of Collaboration
Source: Field Data Collection.
Based on the model, one can conclude that disaster-tourism
stakeholders involve the government, private and public sector. Among
the three stakeholders, some of them are primary stakeholders, while some
others are secondary stakeholders. The level of collaboration between the
government and private and public sector still at the medium level, where
the government gives some information about potential tourism spots
while for the society, the government function as human resource developer
so that the society can provide adequate tourism service. Coordinating role
takes place in primary collaboration between the government and private
sectors and the same role takes place between the government and the
society. Meanwhile, the private sectors and the society work together to
develop tour package and provide tourism service and this collaboration
tends to be a cooperative one.
In the secondary stakeholders, the government informs policies and
regulations to the Association of Indonesian Tour and Travel Agency and
Democratic Governance|
181
Part Three: Governance and Leadership
provides assistance to Mount Merapi volcanic tour management team. The
secondary collaboration between the government and private and public
sectors is at the medium-low level and limited to the obedience to the
policies. The association and management team work together with the
government in order to run the tourism service smoothly.
Since primary stakeholders play the major role in these collaborative
activities, the following scheme illustrates the collaboration between
primary stakeholders and some related partiesThe figure is as follows:
Figure 3.6.Collaborative Transformation Model
Source: Fielddata collection.
Expected Collaboration Pattern
Models existed on the field show several weaknesses, namely
(1) there is not any institution that acts as primary stakeholders to
manage the volcanic tour completely; (2) level of collaboration between
stakeholders is either relatively low or medium low; (3) collaborative
transformation is mostly in the form of coordination; (4) there is not
any high-level stakeholder whose transformation is collaborative.
Based on the weaknesses, recommendation about a model that
is expected to increase the effectiveness of Mount Merapi volcanic
tour management. The recommended model is to shift the position of
management team as the center of all service in Mount Merapi volcanic
tour. The management team is going to carry out all functions of
management starting from planning, implementation and evaluation
of all service in the volcanic tour.
182 |Democratic Governance
Muchamad Zaenuri. Build Collaborative Governance...
Relationship is being built with all stakeholders until the ones at the
high level and the transformation process taking place is a collaborative
one. The figure describes the recommended model of collaborative
transformation.
Figure 3.7. Expected Collaborative Transformation Model
Source: Primary Data, modified.
CONCLUSION
Collaborative governance is really suitable to use in disastertourism management as an attempt to support sustainable tourism
growth. The model is used as an alternative to deal with limitation
and declining local government capability. The model gives roles
to non-government powers to participate in tourism management.
Collaborative governance model has a long term and is a high-level
correlation, where non-government powers and the government work
together by sharing resources and risks.
To be able to implement the model, it is essential to establish
regulations that give central role towards management team. The
regulations can be in the form of public policy of the government of
Sleman, Yogyakarta giving full authority to the management team to
develop programs and activities in Mount Merapi volcanic tour service.
Democratic Governance|
183
Part Three: Governance and Leadership
REFERENCES
Adu-Ampong, Emmanuel Akwasi, 2012, “Tourism Governance and
Regulation: Institutional Collaboration in the Central Region of
Ghana”, International Institute of Social Sciences, Netherland.
Ansell, Chris and Alison Gash, 2007. “Collaborative Governance in
Theory and Practice”, Journal of Public Administrasi Research
and Theory 18 : 543-571.
Badan Pusat Statistik Kabupaten Sleman, 2012, Sleman Dalam Angka,
Tidak Diterbitkan.
Badan Pusat Statistik Daerah Istimewa Yogyakarta, 2012, Statistik
Pariwisata. Tidak
Bovaird, T, 2004. “Public Private Partnership from Contested Concept
to Prevalent Practice”, International Review of Administrative
Science, 70 (2): 199-215.
Bupati Sleman, 2011, “Surat Rekomendasi No. 556/0063 Tentang
Pengelolaan Kawasan Wisata Volcano Tour Kecamatan
Cangkringan”, Tertanggal 12 Januari 2011, Tidak Diterbitkan.
Clarkson, M.B.E.(1995) ‘A Stakeholder Frame workfor Analyzing
and Evaluating Corporate Social Performance’, The Academy of
Management Review 20(1): 92–117.
Clayton, A., 1994, “Governance, Civil Society and the New World
Order”, in Clayton, A. (eds), Governance, Democracy and
Conditionality – Whot Role for NGOs ?, Oxford: INTRAC.
Cullen, Ronald B, and Donald B. Chusman, 2000.Transitions to
Competitive Government,Speed, Consensus and Performance,
New York : State University of New York Press.
Donaldson, T. and L.E. Preston, 1995, ‘The Stakeholder Theory of the
Corporation: Concepts, Evidence, and Implications’, TheAcademy of
Management Review 20 (1): 65–91.
Dwiyanto, Agus, 2012. Manajemen Pelayanan Publik: Peduli, Inklusif,
dan Kolaboratif, Yogyakarta: Gadjah Mada University Press.
Flynn, Noorman, 2007, Public Sector Management, London: SAGE.
Harsana, Minta, Maria Tri Widayati dan Roland Sinulingga, 2013, Kajian
Pengelolaan Volcano Tour Merapi Di Kecamatan Cangkringan
Kabupaten Sleman, Dinas Kebudayaan Dan Pariwisata Kabupaten
Sleman, Tidak Diterbitkan.
184 |Democratic Governance
Muchamad Zaenuri. Build Collaborative Governance...
Huxam, C, 2008, “The Challenge of Collaborative Governance”, Public
Management: an International Journal of Research and Theory, 2(3),
337-357.
Henderson, J.C., 1999. “Tourism Management and the Southeast Asian
Economic Environmental Crises.A Singapore Perspective”.
Journal of Managing Leisure 4, p. 107-120.
Hyden, G., Court, J. and Mease, K, 2004, Making Sense of Governance
– Empirical Evidence from Sixteen Developing Countries,
Colorado: Lynne Reinner.
Innes, J.E.and Booher, D.E. 2004, “Reframing Public Participation :
Strategie for the 21th Century”, Planning Theory and Practices,
5(4), 419-436.
Kim, Tae Byung, 2010, “Collaborative Governance for Sustainable
Development in Urban Planning in South Korea”, Ph.D.Thesis,
Centre for Urban and Regional Studies, Birmingham Business
School, The University of Birmingham.
Kjaer, A.M., 2004, Governance, Cambridge: Polity Press.
Kooiman, Jan, 2000, “Societal Governance: Levels, modes and orders of
social political interaction”, J.Pierre (ed.) Debating Governance.
Authority, Steering and Democracy, Oxford: Oxford University
Press.
Lasker et al., 2001, “Partnership Synergy: A Practical Framework for
Studying and Strengthening the Collaborative Advantage”,The
Milbank Quarterly,79(2):179-205.
Mitchell, R.K., B.R. Agleand D.J. Wood, 1997, ‘Towarda Theory of
Stakeholder Identification and Salience: Defining thePrinciple
of Whoand What Really Counts’, The Academy of Management
Review 22(4): 853–886.
Munro, H.A.D., Roberts, M., & Skelcher, C., 2008. “Partnership
Governance and Democratic Effectiveness: Community Leaders
and Public Managers as Dual Intermediaries”, Public Policy and
Administration, 23(1):61-79.
Newman, Janet, Marian Barnes, Helen Sullivan and Andrew Knops,
2004, “Public Particiption and Collaborative Governance”,
Journal of Social Policy, 33(2), pp. 203-223.
Pemerintah Desa Umbulharjo, 2012, “Peraturan Desa No. 4 Tahun 2012
Tentang Pengelolaan Kawasan Volcano Tour Desa Umbulharjo”,
Tidak Diterbitkan.
Democratic Governance|
185
Part Three: Governance and Leadership
Pierre, Jon, and B. Guy Peters, 2000.Governance, Politics and the State.
London: MacMillan Press Ltd.
Pitana, I Gde dan Putu G. Gayatri, 2005, Sosiologi Pariwisata, Andi
Offset, Yogyakarta.
Rhodes, R.A.W, 1996, “The New Governance: Governing without
Government”, Political Studies, XLIV: 652-667.
Shergold, Peter, 2008, “Governing through collaboration”, in Jenine
O’Flynn and John Wanna, Collaborative Governance, A new
era of public policy in Australia ?, Canberra: Australia National
University E-Press.
Sink, David W, 1998. “Interorganizational Collaboration”, in Jay M.
Shafritz, The International Encyclopedia of Public Policy and
Administration, 1188-91, Boulder CO: Westview Press.
Sullivan, H.and Skelcher, C. 2002, Working across Boundaries:
Collaboration in Public Services, Hampshire: Palgrave MacMillan.
Wanna, John, 2008, “Collaborative government: meanings, dimensions,
drivers and outcomes”, Janine O’Flynn and John Wanna,
Collaboratif Governance, A new era of public policy in Australia,
Canberra: ANU E-Press.
Wickramasinghe, Vasantha S.K., 2008. “Analytical Tourism Disaster
Management Framework for Sustainable Following a Sudden
Calamity”, Ph.D Dissertation, Division of Engeneering and Policy
for Cold Regional Environment, Hokkaido University, Japan.
Harian Jogja, Senin, 9 Januari 2012
Kedaulatan Rakyat, 12 Januari 2012
Kompas.com, 9 November 2010
186 |Democratic Governance
TRANSFORMATIONAL LEADERSHIP IN PUBLIC
SECTOR: THE CASE STUDY OF HERY ZUDIANTO
ERA IN YOGYAKARTA CITY
Isnaini Muallidin and Erni Zuhriyanti
Lecturer, Department of Government Affairs and Administration
Universitas Muhammadiyah Yogyakarta
E-mail: isnainimuallidin@gmail.com
Abstract
The purpose of this study is to describe the theoretical and empirical
implementation of transformational leadership of Hery Zudianto
era in Yogyakarta. The method of this study used qualitative data
techniques in-depth interview and secondary data studies. Results
of this study point out to theoretically transformational leadership
that has been implemented under Hery Zudianto leadership in
Yogyakarta with the type of influence that is extremely idealistic,
inspirited extended motivation, intellectual stimulation, and
individual consideration.
Keywords: Transformational leadership, Yogyakarta City, Herry
Zudianto era
INTRODUCTION
Leadership is a determined factor in the development and progress
of an organization. The leadership capability will impact the progress
of organizations because the leader is needed to determine the vision
and goals of organization, allocate resources and motivation to be more
competent, changes coordination, and build intense empowerment
adherent to establish the most turn or right direction. As noted by
Kotler (in Lunenburg, 2011) explains that:
“The leadership process involves (a) developing a vision for
the organization; (b) aligning people with that vision through
communication; and (c) motivating people to action through
empowerment and through basic need fulfillment. The leadership
process creates uncertainty and change in the organization”.
187
Part Three: Governance and Leadership
Based on the definition, it can be seen that a leadership is urgently
vehement in guarding the progress of the organization in the face of
fluctuating conditions which are often unpredictable. According to
Lawler (2007), fluctuations of changes require a leader to anticipate
changes with the comprehensive knowledge for transforming the
organizational changes. One model of leadership that seems to be
promising in terms of managing the changes in this organization, it
has a transformational leadership model based on the vision and
empowerment that shown positive effects.
One of popular leadership approach that had gained a lot of
response from researchers in the early 1980s is the transformational
approach. Transformational leadership is part of the New Leadership
Paradigm which gives more attention to the charismatic and affective
elements of leadership. Bass and Riggio (2006) fatten up the popularity
of transformational leadership caused by an emphasis on intrinsic
motivation and development for suiting the needs of adherent
organizations, inspired and empowered to succeed in times of
uncertainty.
However, the pertinence of transformational leadership in
accordance with public context is debatable, many scholars of public
administration argue that public organizations context in terms of size
and structure, making it difficult transformational leadership or even
unethical to be implemented (Tavfelin, 2013; 1).
This paper will inspect the wave theory of transformational
leadership in Zudianto Hery era in Yogyakarta theoretically and
empirically have led to leadership that is transformational. This
paper will discuss theoretically about the leadership of the theoretical
and empirical critique and experience under the leadership of Hery
Zudianto era in Yogyakarta.
THEORETICAL FRAMEWORK
The History of Transformational Leadership Theory
The historical background of the establishment the theory of
transformational leadership is inseparable from the wave theory that
existed before, in the same manner can be seen in Figure 3.7 below.
188 |Democratic Governance
Isnaini Muallidin & Erni Zuhriyanti. Transformational Leadership...
Figure 3.7. The Wave of Transformational Leadership Thought History
Source: Javelin, 2013.
When referring to the early history of leadership research can be
traced back to the early twentieth century. Early research on leadership
is more focused on nature (trait) and the characteristics of a leader
in the effort to identify a successful leader. The researchers develop
leadership personality tests and compare the results against those who
are considered leaders. The research studied are individual traits, such
as; intelligence, birth order, and socioeconomic status. This approach
has given rise to criticism because it is only identifying properties that
cannot be predicted in a varying situations, as a leader should not only
be decisive, but also flexible and inclusive to changes (Tavfelin, 2013; 9).
The next wave of leadership studies are focusing on the behavior and
leadership style. This approach became popular from the 1940s until the
late 1960s. Leadership is the pioneer in Ohio State study and began with a
gathering of more than 1,800 reports related to leadership behaviors. After
continuing the search on leadership behaviors, researchers looked at two
fundamental factors in view of leadership behavior, namely: initiation of
structure and consideration. Initiation illustrates the structure of a concern
with organizational tasks and includes activities such as organizing,
planning and defining the tasks and the work of employees. A consideration
illustrates concerns with individual and interpersonal relationships and
includes behaviors related to social and emotional needs of employees as
well as their development. Empirical research trying to determine the type
of better behavior but in the end could not come to a certain conclusion
(Tavfelin, 2013; 9).
As a reaction of inconclusive results of the leadership behaviors and
effective style, some researchers focus in the late 1960s to the influence of
the situation and context in which leadership takes place. Effective leaders
Democratic Governance|
189
Part Three: Governance and Leadership
are now recommended for having the ability to adapt their leadership
style to the requirements of their followers and the situation. A number
of different theories flourish such as; Blake and Mouton (1969) developed
the Leadership Grid, Hersey and Blanchard (1969) developed a model of
situational leadership. Other examples include Vroom and Yetton (1973)
with a normative decision model, contingency theory of Fiedler, and the
House (1971) on the theory of goal path. Situational leadership theory
turned out to be very popular, for several reasons. First, it is useful as an
answer to the authoritarian leadership style too with the emergence of
large organizations. Secondly, purpose as a learning tool for managers who
appreciate the construction, though still just a simple descriptive. However,
in practice this theory generally failed to meet standard scientific, perhaps
they try to over explain few variables (Hughes et al, 2006).
In the early 1980s, there was a disappointment associated with
leadership theory, this is attributed to the fact that most leadership
models accounted for a relatively small percentage of the variance in
performance related results (Tavfelin Bryman, 2013; 10). Out of this
pessimism, finally a new wave of alternative approaches emerged.
Unlike the previous leadership model, with a focus on the rational
processes and behavior of leaders, a new leadership model emphasizes
the emotions, values, and behaviors of symbolic leaders. It emerges
from the early works of charismatic and transformational leadership
theory that has become the most widely studied of their kind over the
last 20 years (Avolio et al., Tavfelin, 2013, 10).
Transformational leadership theory is based on the study of
charismatic leadership, studied by Weber, who argued that the
charismatic leader of the authority depends on those who appear to
have quality that make them stand out from others. A leader often
appears in times of crisis and to persuade others to follow their example
of leaders like Mahatma Ghandi, Martin Luther King, and Hitler also
(Hughes et al., 2006).
James MacGregor Burns (1978) introduced the transformational
leadership concept. He studied political leaders in the United States,
and suggested that leadership can be expressed in two different
forms, transformational or transactional leadership, which in his
opinion is the opposite of each other. Transactional leaders have
190 |Democratic Governance
Isnaini Muallidin & Erni Zuhriyanti. Transformational Leadership...
exchange relationships with their followers. This exchange can be
financial, psychological or political, and money can be exchanged for
productivity, praise for loyalty, or the promise for assessment. Apart
from the exchange, the relationship between leaders and followers lasts
no more than exchange. So it did not establish a deeper relationship
between the leader and the follower. To achieve change, Burn argued
another form of better leadership which is transformational leadership.
The transformational leader speaks to the values and followers to
be part of a group that has the same goal. By showing the problem with
the situation and appealing vision for the future to reflect the values of
their followers. Transformational leadership to help their followers to
go beyond expectations realized their vision into reality (Bass & Riggio,
2006). Transformational leadership arises from and is rooted in the
writings of Burns (1978), Bass (1985), Bennis and Nanus (1985), and
Kouzes and Posner (1987).
Transformational Leadership Concept and Theory
As an idea, transformational leadership was first mentioned in 1973,
in a sociological study conducted by the authors Downton, JV. And
then, James McGregor who uses the term transformational leadership
in his book “Leadership” (1978). In 1985, Barnard M. Bass presented a
transformational leadership theory that becomes a reference of experts
in research projects, doctors and books dissertations in the field of
leadership transformational (Simic, 1989; 49).
In the early stages of transformational leadership research,
development concept has contributed to the development of the concept
of the most actual leader. The most intense interest in the concept
of transformational leadership is the result of two trends. First, big
companies, such as AT & T, IBM, GM, etc., in a comprehensive manner
has changed the style of their leadership due to social, economic, and
technology development quickly, so that the necessary leadership styles
could be more inspiring and innovative for its subordinates and into
anticipated changes. Second, the basic theory of leadership rests on
the personal characteristics to analyze the leader, the leader’s behavior
and situation is different; it does not take into consideration several
characteristics of the quality of their leaders (Simic, 1989; 50).
Democratic Governance|
191
Part Three: Governance and Leadership
The transformational leadership as a concept and theory is
understood as a leadership style that involves followers, give inspiration to
the followers, and is committed to realizing the shared vision and goals for
an organization, and challenged the followers to be an innovative problemsolver, and develop leadership capacity through training, mentoring,
through variety of challenges and support Bass and Riggio (2006; 4).
According to Bass and Riggio (2006: 6-7), in his theory of
transformational leadership, there are four core components which are
always attached, namely:
1. Idealistic effect. Transformational leaders behave in ways affecting
their followers and then the followers can admire and respect, so
that it can be trusted. There are two aspects that can be seen to
influence this ideal, namely: the behavior of leaders and elements
associated with the leader. In addition, leaders who have a lot of
ideal influence are willing to take risks and be consistent and not
act arbitrarily. They can be counted on to do the right thing, show
ethical and moral standards of behavior.
2. Motivation gives inspiration. Transformational leaders behave
in ways that motivate and inspire those around them by providing
meaning and challenge to work. Aroused team spirit, enthusiasm
and optimism will be displayed. Thus, leaders gain followers who
are actively involved with the patterns of intense communication
and demonstrate a commitment to the goals and a shared vision.
3. Intellectual stimulation. Transformational leaders encourage their
followers to attempt to be innovative and creative by questioning
assumptions, reframing problems, and approaching old situations
in new ways. Creativity is encouraged. There is no public criticism
to the mistakes of individual members. New ideas and creative
problem solutions are collected from followers, including in
the process of overcoming the problem and finding solutions.
Followers are encouraged to try new approaches, and their ideas
are not criticized because they are different from the ideas of the
leaders.
4. Individual Consideration. Transformational leaders pay special
attention to each individual follower’s needs for the achievement and
192 |Democratic Governance
Isnaini Muallidin & Erni Zuhriyanti. Transformational Leadership...
growth by acting as a coach or mentor. Potential followers and colleagues
developed at a higher level. This behavior indicates the acceptance of
individual differences (for example, some employees received more
encouragement, more autonomy, clear standards). Driven two-way
communication and interaction with personalized followers (eg, the
leader recalled a previous conversation, is aware of the problems of
individuals, and see the individual as a whole person not just as an
employee). Leaders are listening to more followers. Delegation of tasks
is a means to develop a task delegated and is monitored to see whether
the followers need direction or support and to assess progress.
Criticism and Lack of Transformational Leadership Theory
Transformational leadership has some weaknesses in its
implementation. According to Northouse (2013; 202-204) there are six
weaknesses and criticisms of the transformational leadership theory,
namely;
First, it lacks clear conceptual. Because of the substantial overlap
between each of the four components (idealized influence, inspirational
motivation, intellectual stimulation, and individualized consideration)
it indicate that there is no clear dimension. Furthermore, the parameters
of transformational leadership are often overlapping with the
conceptualization of a similar leadership. For example, transformational
and charismatic leadership are often treated synonymously, although
in some models of leadership, charisma is only one component of
transformational leadership.
Second, the criticism focuses on how transformational
leadership is measured. Some researchers typically use multiple
versions of Multifactor Leadership Questionnaire (MLQ) to measure
transformational leadership. However, some studies have criticized
the validity of the MLQ. In some versions of the MLQ, four factors
of transformational leadership (influence idealistic, inspirational
motivation, intellectual stimulation, and individualized consideration)
are correlated with each other, which mean they are not different factors.
Moreover, several factors of transformational leadership are correlated
with factors of transactional leadership and laissez-faire, which means
they may not be unique to the transformational models.
Democratic Governance|
193
Part Three: Governance and Leadership
Third, the transformational leadership treats leadership as a personality
trait or tendency and is private rather than the behavior of the train. Train
people in these approaches are a problem because it is difficult to teach
people to change their properties. Although many experts, including
Weber, House, and Bass, stressed that transformational leadership has a
regard to the behavior of leaders, such as how leaders engage with followers
and there is a tendency to see this approach from the perspective of nature.
This problem is compounded because the word transformational creates
an image of one person to be the most active component in the process of
leadership. For example, although the “create a vision” involves the input
of the follower, there is a tendency to see the transformational leader as
visionary. There is also a tendency to see a transformational leader as a
person who has a special quality that transforms others.
Fourth, researchers have established that the actual transformational
leaders are capable of transforming individuals and organizations. There
is evidence to suggest that transformational leadership is associated
with positive outcomes, such as organizational effectiveness. However,
research has not shown a causal relationship between transformational
leader and followers or obvious organizational changes.
Fifth, transformational leadership is elitist and anti-democratic.
Transformational leaders often play a direct role in creating change,
developing a vision, and advocating a new direction. This gives a
strong impression that the leaders act independently of followers or put
himself above the needs of the followers.
Sixth, transformational leadership has the potential to be abused.
The transformational leadership has regard to changes in the values of
society towards a new vision. But who is to determine the direction that
the new one is better? And who decided that a new vision is a vision
that is better?
RESEARCH METHODS
The method in this research is qualitative method with the method
of data collection that is both primary and secondary. The collections of
primary data were obtained using in-depth interviews and secondary
data and were obtained from relevant sources: journals, magazines and
books.
194 |Democratic Governance
Isnaini Muallidin & Erni Zuhriyanti. Transformational Leadership...
RESULT AND ANALYSIS
The implementation of transformational leadership theory in the
public sector has been reviewed by Maora and Ticlau (2012), which
explains some of the constraints and opportunities in the empirical
context when applied in the public sector.
First, fundamental problem for the implementation of
transformational leadership style in public sectors was deemed less
effective. This is because the strength of the control mechanisms by
bureaucracy is centralization, formalization, and routinization. However,
in line with developments in public administration theory that uses the
New Public Management (NPM) concept emphasize on the creativity,
innovation, flexibility, responsiveness of public organizations at the
same time with a decrease costs, increase effectiveness and sensitivity
to the needs of citizens. In this scenario, often leaders are people who
are viewed as initiators and catalysts for reform. In such a context, it is
clearly suited to the type of transformational leadership.
Second, the public sector seems to change to be less responsive. The
distance between the objectives proposed by public institutions and
the results obtained are never great while the government cannot
ignore reformation. However, the reform is actually ambiguous and
incremental because it does not have a coherent vision of what needs to
be done to produce measurable results. Stimulus for the transformation
is to a large extent, generated by factors outside the national government.
Thirdly, the issue of ethics and values of the public does not match
with the transformational model, because transformational leaders will
use their charisma in socially constructive ways to serve others so that
transformational leaders can be effective in the public sector.
Results of research conducted by Zuhriyati, et al (2012) with the
theme “Transformative Leadership in Innovation in Government
Administration of Herry Zudianto Era in Yogyakarta “ showed that
transformational leadership can be applied either by the Mayor Hary
Zuhdianto through analyzing four components of transformational
leadership theory:
First, Idealists Influence. Based on research analyzed by Herrera
Zudianto, the characters that describe the dimensions of transformative
Democratic Governance|
195
Part Three: Governance and Leadership
leaders were first called idealized influence (idealized influence). The first
dimension is described as the leader’s behavior to makes his followers
admire, respect and at the same time believe him. Based on the public
perception of Yogyakarta, Herry Zudianto is a leader of good character,
so the staff admires, respect and trust him. He gave concrete examples
of the implementation of the principles of transparency, accountability,
and fairness. He was consistent with what he said and committed to the
realization of what he had said. He did not distinguish between status
and class, word and deed, and do not assume that he is a ruler but he
thinks he is the head of public servants who should perform the public
service as best as possible. He wants to open the tap of democracy
through open public communication and dialogue of its staff and the
public. The implication is that it caused a public participation from
the effect of increasing the economic opportunities that benefit the
community and government.
Secondly is inspirational motivation. In this transformational leader
dimension, it is described that a leader should be able to articulate clear
expectations of achievement to the subordinates, be able to demonstrate
commitment, against the whole purpose of the organization, and able
to inspire team spirit within the organization through the growth of
enthusiasm and optimism. Herrera Zudianto is a mayor that when he
has decided something, then he will try hard to implement, although
sometimes it may seem impossible. He’s always eager to do anything and
is followed by the staff eagerly in their respective duties. For example
in implementing commitment, RPJPD product planning, RPJMD
and the budget is implemented consistently so that it does not violate
existing local regulations. He shows commitment and strives to provide
motivation to the staff to commit to what has been planned. If a plan
has been agreed or a program has been written, then for sure he will
charge to realize the promise to its staff. He will ask the next day, asking
how its implementation, or if it has not realized any obstacles. He also
frequently gives sudden instructions to check the readiness of its staff
so that they must always be ready to answer questions. Thus, it is a
motivation to always be ready to work with the full Professionalism.
Third, intellectual stimulation. Transformation leader must be able
to foster new ideas give creative solutions to the problems faced by
196 |Democratic Governance
Isnaini Muallidin & Erni Zuhriyanti. Transformational Leadership...
his subordinates, and provide motivation to subordinate to seek new
approaches in carrying out organizational tasks. In essence the new
ideas always arise because Herrera Zudianto is a person who is hungry
for innovation. And he appreciates the input of new ideas from his staff;
he listens carefully and then follows up with a program that is funded
by the budget. He gives stimulus to foster new ideas from the staff,, and
greets and asks for input from his staff either in person or in writing
even through social networking either BBM or Facebook.
Fourth, Individualized Consideration Dimension. In this
dimension, transformational leaders are described as a leader who
will listen attentively to the inputs of his staff and specifically want to
pay attention to the needs of subordinates. He made a favorable policy
for the community for example with the establishment of the Smart
Park. With the establishment of the park, surrounding traders increased
their incomes. Moreover, there is no longer a thug who withdraws
money to traders because it is monitored directly by the government
of the city of Yogyakarta. Carts that were not in uniform now use carts
from the government administration. They are also required to pay in
PPAY as a provision in the future. Herrera Zudianto also often directly
check the state of the Smart Parkt and conducts dialogue with the
public, asking people about what the needs of the society is, especially
the trade in the region. Every 21st and 22nd, meetings between traders
and government, such as chief, sub-district head and occasional mayor
are conducted. If there are complaints from traders, it will be acted upon
by the government and moved to Satpol PP as a regulator of traders on
the sidewalk and the police on duty to secure from the threat of thugs.
CONCLUSION
The transformational leadership theory studies, theoretically
has given a new color in the stagnation of leadership thought in the
early 1980s. The development model of transformational leadership
thinking is more attractive from a variety of experts in both academic
and leadership. Because the concepts and theories of transformational
leadership is able to provide the size and components that can be
measured, although there are still many shortcomings and criticisms.
In implementation, the transformational leadership theory in an era
Democratic Governance|
197
Part Three: Governance and Leadership
of public sector leadership Hery Zudianto in Yogyakarta provide the
best learning and success in establishing an effective system of local
governance. This is because under the leadership of Hery Zudianto, he
has to implement its transformational style with the type of influence
that is very idealistic, provide inspirational motivation, intellectual
stimulation, and individual consideration.
REFERENCES
Bass, B. M., & Riggio, R. E. 2006.Transformational leadership (2nd ed.).
Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Hughes, R. L., Ginnet, R. C., & Curphy, G. L. 2006.Leadership:
Enhancingthe Lesson of Experience(5th ed.). New York: McGrawHill.
Lawler, J. 2007. “Leadership in social work: A case of caveat
emptor?”British Journal of Social Work, 37, 123 – 41.
Lunenburg, Fred C. 2011. “Leadership versus Management: A Key
Distinction—At Least in Theory”. International Journal Of
Management, Business, And Administration Volume 14, Number 1.
Mora, Cristina and Ticlau, Tidor.2012. “Transformational Leadership
In The Public Sector. A Pilot Study Using MLQ To Evaluate
Leadership Style In Cluj County Local Authorities”. Revista de
cercetare intervenie social, vol. 36, pp. 74-98
Northouse, Peter G. 2013. Leadership Theory and Practice Sixth Edition.
United State of America; Sage Publication.
Simic, Ivana. 1989. “Transformational Leadership The Key To Successful
Management Of Transformational Organizational Changes”.
University Of Niš
The Scientific Journal Facta UniversitatisSeries: Economics And
Organization, Vol.1, No 6, 1998 Pp. 49 – 55
Tafvelin, Susanne. 2013 .The Transformational Leadership Process
Antecedents, Mechanisms, and Outcomes in the Social Services.
Sweden; Print and MediaUmeå
Zuhriyati, Erni, Darumurti, Awang, Rahmawati, Dian ka. 2012.
Kepemimpinan Transformatif dalam Inovasi Pemerintah di
Pemerintahan Kota Yogyakarta di Era Herry Zudianto.Working
Paper No. 001/JKSG Universitas Muhammadiyah Yogyakarta
198 |Democratic Governance
About Editors
1. Dr. Dyah Mutiarin is a lecturer at Universitas Muhammadiyah
Yogyakarta, teaching in Department of Government Affairs
and Administration and also Master of Government Affairs and
Administration.
She was born in November 8th, 1971 in Kendal, Central Java.
She graduated Bachelor and Master from Department of Public
Administration – Gadjah Mada University. She finished her PhD
from School of social Science-University Science of Malaysia in
2006. Her main interests are public management, public finance,
public policy, tourism studies and women development studies.
She has done consultancy works with local government, national
and international donors.
2. Isnaini Muallidin, MAP., is a lecturer at Universitas Muhammadiyah
Yogyakarta, teaching in Department of Government Affairs
and Administration and also Master of Government Affairs and
Administration.
He graduated Bachelor from Universitas Muhammadiyah
Yogyakarta, and Master from Master Program of Public
Administration – Gadjah Mada University. He is currently as
a Doctoral Program student at Brawijaya University. His main
interests are public management, and public policy.
199
3. Dr. Phil. Ridho Al-Hamdi is a lecturer at Universitas Muhammadiyah
Yogyakarta, teaching in Department of Government Affairs
and Administration and also Master of Government Affairs
and Administration. He graduated Bachelor from Faculty of
Islamic Theology and Philosophy, Universitas Islam Negeri
Sunan Kalijaga Yogyakarta, Indonesia and Master degree from
Political Science Program, Gadjah Mada University, Indonesia. He
obtained his Doctoral Degree from Institut für Philosophie und
Politikwissenschaft, Technische Universität Dortmund (Campus
Nord), Dortmund, Germany. His main interests are democracy,
good governance, political parties, election, Islam and politics, and
political ideologies.
4. Queeny Pearl Tomaro graduated Bachelor at Mindanao State
University -Iligan Institute of Technology (MSU-IIT), Iligan City,
Philippines.
She is currently one of international students at Master Program of
Government Affairs and Administration. Universitas Muhammadiyah
Yogyakarta, Indonesia. She is also currently as visiting fellow at Master
of Government Affairs and Administration.
Her main interests are public administration and government policy.
200